sri lakshmi chemicals - welcome to...

266
Sri Lakshmi Chemicals Environmental Clearance for the “Proposed Expansion of Bulk drugs & intermediates Products Manufacturing” at plot No 73 D, KIADB Kolhar Industrial Area, Kolhar and Nizampur Village, Bidar Taluk, Bidar District, Karnataka State Prepared By HUBERT ENVIRO CARE SYSTEMS (P) LTD, CHENNAI EIA Report May- 2017

Upload: hoangdung

Post on 29-Sep-2018

217 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Sri Lakshmi Chemicals

Environmental Clearance for the “Proposed Expansion ofBulk drugs & intermediates Products Manufacturing” at plotNo 73 D, KIADB Kolhar Industrial Area, Kolhar and Nizampur

Village, Bidar Taluk, Bidar District, Karnataka State

Prepared By

HUBERT ENVIRO CARE SYSTEMS (P) LTD,CHENNAI

EIA ReportMay- 2017

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTThe following personnel are gratefully acknowledged for their fullest support in

collection, compilation of needful data regarding the project and kind cooperation in

fulfilling the report on Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of M/s. Sri Lakshmi

Chemicals (SLC).

Sri Lakshmi Chemicals,

Mr. SAMINENI SURESH – Managing Partner

Mr. MADHU. – Partner

Mr. DINESH PATIL - Department Head

Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd, ChennaiDr. J. R. Moses - EIA Coordinator (EC) & Functional Area Expert (FAE)

Mr. Vamsee Krishna Navooru - EIA Coordinator (EC) & Functional Area Expert (FAE)

Dr. Rajkumar Samuel - Functional Area Expert

Mr. Abishek Moses -Team Member (TM)

Mr. A. Manoharan -FAE

Mr. V. Dhivakar -FAE

Ms. Ramaa Prakash -FAE

Mr. T.P. Natesan -FAE

Mr. Brijesh Kumar -FAE

Ms. Abirami -FAE

Dr. K. Karupaiyan -TM

Mr. Chengalvarayan -TM

Mr. A.K. Natarajan -TM

Mr. Tamil Selvan. B -TM

Ms. Pavithra R -TM

Mr. Vardharajan -TM

Dr. Vivekanandan -TM

Mr. Harsha Vardhan -TM

Ms. Kavya S Kumar -TM

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 2 of 263

Declaration of Experts contributing to the EIAI hereby certify that I was involved in the EIA report for the project titled “ProposedExpansion of Bulk drugs & intermediates Products Manufacturing” by M/s. SriLakshmi chemicals, plot No 73 D, KIADB Kolhar Industrial Area, Kolhar andNizampur Village, Bidar Taluk, Bidar District, Karnataka State along with the

Functional Area Experts listed below during Oct 2016 to till date.

Date: 27/05/2017 (Vamsee Krishna Navooru)EIA Coordinator

Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd.,A-21, Phase III, Thiru-vi-ka Industrial Area, Guindy,

Chennai - 600032Functional Area Experts:

S. No. Functional Areas Name of theExpert Duration of Involvement Signature

1. AP, AQ, RH & WP Dr. J R Moses July 2016 – Till date

2. AP, WP, N & SHW Mr. VamseeKrishna Navooru

Oct 2016 – Till date

3. WP & EB Dr. RajkumarSamuel

Aug 2016 – Till date

4. EB, SE, SC & SHW Mr. A. Manoharan Nov 2016 – Till date

5. WP & SHW Mrs. RamaaPrakash Nov 2016 – Feb 2017

6. SE Mr. V. Dhivakar Nov 2016 – Till date

7. LU & HG Dr. T.P. Natesan Nov 2016 – Till date

8. NV Mr. Brijesh Kumar Nov 2016 – Till date

AP - Air pollution monitoring, prevention and controlAQ - Meteorology, air quality modeling and predictionEB - Ecology and biodiversityHG - Hydrology, ground water and water conservationLU - Land useNV - Noise & VibrationRH - Risk assessment and hazards managementSC - Soil conservationSE - Socio-economicsSHW - Solid and hazardous waste managementWP - Water pollution monitoring, prevention and control

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 2 of 263

Declaration of Experts contributing to the EIAI hereby certify that I was involved in the EIA report for the project titled “ProposedExpansion of Bulk drugs & intermediates Products Manufacturing” by M/s. SriLakshmi chemicals, plot No 73 D, KIADB Kolhar Industrial Area, Kolhar andNizampur Village, Bidar Taluk, Bidar District, Karnataka State along with the

Functional Area Experts listed below during Oct 2016 to till date.

Date: 27/05/2017 (Vamsee Krishna Navooru)EIA Coordinator

Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd.,A-21, Phase III, Thiru-vi-ka Industrial Area, Guindy,

Chennai - 600032Functional Area Experts:

S. No. Functional Areas Name of theExpert Duration of Involvement Signature

1. AP, AQ, RH & WP Dr. J R Moses July 2016 – Till date

2. AP, WP, N & SHW Mr. VamseeKrishna Navooru

Oct 2016 – Till date

3. WP & EB Dr. RajkumarSamuel

Aug 2016 – Till date

4. EB, SE, SC & SHW Mr. A. Manoharan Nov 2016 – Till date

5. WP & SHW Mrs. RamaaPrakash Nov 2016 – Feb 2017

6. SE Mr. V. Dhivakar Nov 2016 – Till date

7. LU & HG Dr. T.P. Natesan Nov 2016 – Till date

8. NV Mr. Brijesh Kumar Nov 2016 – Till date

AP - Air pollution monitoring, prevention and controlAQ - Meteorology, air quality modeling and predictionEB - Ecology and biodiversityHG - Hydrology, ground water and water conservationLU - Land useNV - Noise & VibrationRH - Risk assessment and hazards managementSC - Soil conservationSE - Socio-economicsSHW - Solid and hazardous waste managementWP - Water pollution monitoring, prevention and control

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 2 of 263

Declaration of Experts contributing to the EIAI hereby certify that I was involved in the EIA report for the project titled “ProposedExpansion of Bulk drugs & intermediates Products Manufacturing” by M/s. SriLakshmi chemicals, plot No 73 D, KIADB Kolhar Industrial Area, Kolhar andNizampur Village, Bidar Taluk, Bidar District, Karnataka State along with the

Functional Area Experts listed below during Oct 2016 to till date.

Date: 27/05/2017 (Vamsee Krishna Navooru)EIA Coordinator

Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd.,A-21, Phase III, Thiru-vi-ka Industrial Area, Guindy,

Chennai - 600032Functional Area Experts:

S. No. Functional Areas Name of theExpert Duration of Involvement Signature

1. AP, AQ, RH & WP Dr. J R Moses July 2016 – Till date

2. AP, WP, N & SHW Mr. VamseeKrishna Navooru

Oct 2016 – Till date

3. WP & EB Dr. RajkumarSamuel

Aug 2016 – Till date

4. EB, SE, SC & SHW Mr. A. Manoharan Nov 2016 – Till date

5. WP & SHW Mrs. RamaaPrakash Nov 2016 – Feb 2017

6. SE Mr. V. Dhivakar Nov 2016 – Till date

7. LU & HG Dr. T.P. Natesan Nov 2016 – Till date

8. NV Mr. Brijesh Kumar Nov 2016 – Till date

AP - Air pollution monitoring, prevention and controlAQ - Meteorology, air quality modeling and predictionEB - Ecology and biodiversityHG - Hydrology, ground water and water conservationLU - Land useNV - Noise & VibrationRH - Risk assessment and hazards managementSC - Soil conservationSE - Socio-economicsSHW - Solid and hazardous waste managementWP - Water pollution monitoring, prevention and control

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 3 of 263

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization

I, Dr. J R Moses hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA

for the - “Proposed Expansion of Bulk drugs & intermediates ProductsManufacturing” by M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals, plot No 73 D, KIADB KolharIndustrial Area, Kolhar and Nizampur Village, Bidar Taluk, Bidar District,Karnataka State. I also confirm that I shall be fully accountable for any misleading

information mentioned in this statement.

Signature: Date:27/05/2017

Name: Dr. J.R Moses

Designation: CEO

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd.,

Chennai

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 3 of 263

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization

I, Dr. J R Moses hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA

for the - “Proposed Expansion of Bulk drugs & intermediates ProductsManufacturing” by M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals, plot No 73 D, KIADB KolharIndustrial Area, Kolhar and Nizampur Village, Bidar Taluk, Bidar District,Karnataka State. I also confirm that I shall be fully accountable for any misleading

information mentioned in this statement.

Signature: Date:27/05/2017

Name: Dr. J.R Moses

Designation: CEO

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd.,

Chennai

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 3 of 263

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization

I, Dr. J R Moses hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA

for the - “Proposed Expansion of Bulk drugs & intermediates ProductsManufacturing” by M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals, plot No 73 D, KIADB KolharIndustrial Area, Kolhar and Nizampur Village, Bidar Taluk, Bidar District,Karnataka State. I also confirm that I shall be fully accountable for any misleading

information mentioned in this statement.

Signature: Date:27/05/2017

Name: Dr. J.R Moses

Designation: CEO

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd.,

Chennai

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 4 of 263

Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P)Ltd.Client: Sri Lakshmi Chemicals

KIADB Kolhar Industrial Area, Kolhar and Nizampur Village, Bidar Taluk, Bidar District,Karnataka State

Project: Proposed Expansion of Bulk drugs & intermediates

Products Manufacturing

Project No.:SLC/021/2016-17,Dt 19th July 2016

Title:EIA/EMP Report

Document No.:RP002

Rev.:B

This document is the property of Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd. and must not bepassed on to any person or body not authorised by us to receive it nor be copied orotherwise made use of either in full or in part by such person or body without our priorpermission in writing.

File path:D:\Dr. KKarupaiyan\Bidar prjs\Srilakshmi\EIA

Notes:

Revision Details:

Rev. Date DetailsInit. Sign. Init. Sign. Init. Sign.

Prepared Checked Approved

0 10th May 17 1st Revision

Dr.K.KarupaiyanKavya S Kumar,Harsha Vardhan.B,Vivekanandan.BVardharajanPavithra R

A 13th May 17 2nd Revision

Client input updatedbyDr KarupaiyanPavithra R

B 18th May 17 3rd Revision

Vamsee inputupdated byDr KarupaiyanPavithra R

Mr.VamseeKrishnaNavooru

Dr.J.R.Moses

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 4 of 263

Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P)Ltd.Client: Sri Lakshmi Chemicals

KIADB Kolhar Industrial Area, Kolhar and Nizampur Village, Bidar Taluk, Bidar District,Karnataka State

Project: Proposed Expansion of Bulk drugs & intermediates

Products Manufacturing

Project No.:SLC/021/2016-17,Dt 19th July 2016

Title:EIA/EMP Report

Document No.:RP002

Rev.:B

This document is the property of Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd. and must not bepassed on to any person or body not authorised by us to receive it nor be copied orotherwise made use of either in full or in part by such person or body without our priorpermission in writing.

File path:D:\Dr. KKarupaiyan\Bidar prjs\Srilakshmi\EIA

Notes:

Revision Details:

Rev. Date DetailsInit. Sign. Init. Sign. Init. Sign.

Prepared Checked Approved

0 10th May 17 1st Revision

Dr.K.KarupaiyanKavya S Kumar,Harsha Vardhan.B,Vivekanandan.BVardharajanPavithra R

A 13th May 17 2nd Revision

Client input updatedbyDr KarupaiyanPavithra R

B 18th May 17 3rd Revision

Vamsee inputupdated byDr KarupaiyanPavithra R

Mr.VamseeKrishnaNavooru

Dr.J.R.Moses

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 4 of 263

Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P)Ltd.Client: Sri Lakshmi Chemicals

KIADB Kolhar Industrial Area, Kolhar and Nizampur Village, Bidar Taluk, Bidar District,Karnataka State

Project: Proposed Expansion of Bulk drugs & intermediates

Products Manufacturing

Project No.:SLC/021/2016-17,Dt 19th July 2016

Title:EIA/EMP Report

Document No.:RP002

Rev.:B

This document is the property of Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd. and must not bepassed on to any person or body not authorised by us to receive it nor be copied orotherwise made use of either in full or in part by such person or body without our priorpermission in writing.

File path:D:\Dr. KKarupaiyan\Bidar prjs\Srilakshmi\EIA

Notes:

Revision Details:

Rev. Date DetailsInit. Sign. Init. Sign. Init. Sign.

Prepared Checked Approved

0 10th May 17 1st Revision

Dr.K.KarupaiyanKavya S Kumar,Harsha Vardhan.B,Vivekanandan.BVardharajanPavithra R

A 13th May 17 2nd Revision

Client input updatedbyDr KarupaiyanPavithra R

B 18th May 17 3rd Revision

Vamsee inputupdated byDr KarupaiyanPavithra R

Mr.VamseeKrishnaNavooru

Dr.J.R.Moses

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 5 of 263

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ...................................................................................................17

1. INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................37

1.1 Project Back ground...........................................................................................................37

1.2 Overview of Sri Lakshmi Chemicals................................................................................37

1.3 Purpose and Status of the Report ...................................................................................38

1.4 Brief Description of Nature, Size, Location of the Project & Its Importance to theCountry, Region..............................................................................................................................39

1.4.1 Nature, Size & Location of the Project ........................................................................39

1.4.2 Need for the Project and Its Importance to the Country and/Region .....................41

1.5 EIA Study.............................................................................................................................41

1.6 EIA Cost...............................................................................................................................42

1.7 Scope of the study .............................................................................................................42

1.8 Objectives of the Study .....................................................................................................45

1.9 Methodology adopted for the Study ................................................................................45

1.10 Applicable Regulatory Framework...................................................................................45

2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION ...........................................................................................51

2.1 Type of Project....................................................................................................................51

2.2 Site Location .......................................................................................................................51

2.2.1 Existing Environmental Setup ......................................................................................54

2.3 Size or Magnitude of operation ........................................................................................54

2.4 Technology & Process Description..................................................................................55

2.4.1 Process Description .......................................................................................................55

2.4.2 Products Manufactured .................................................................................................55

2.4.2.1 Detailed Manufacturing Process Description .........................................................56

2.4.2.2 Raw Materials Requirement .....................................................................................57

2.4.3 Source of Supply of Raw Materials & Marketing Area of Final Products ..............57

2.4.4 Storage Facility for Raw Materials and Products ......................................................57

2.4.5 Resource Optimization/Recycling and Re-Use Envisaged in the Industry............57

2.5 Project Description Including Drawings Showing Project Layout, Components OfProject, Schematic Representations Of The Feasibility Drawing Giving InformationImportant For EIA Purpose ...........................................................................................................60

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 6 of 263

2.5.1 Project Description Including Drawings Showing Project Layout, Components ofProject 60

2.6 Resource Requirements....................................................................................................64

2.6.1 Land Requirement and Land Use Planning ...............................................................64

2.6.2 Water Requirement ........................................................................................................64

2.6.3 Power and Fuel Requirement.......................................................................................67

Boiler: One coal fired 2 TPH is presently available. No additional boiler is proposed.........67

2.6.4 Manpower Requirement ................................................................................................67

2.6.5 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management.................................................................67

2.7 Infrastructure facilities........................................................................................................69

2.8 Machinery & Equipment Details .......................................................................................69

2.9 Schematic Representations of the Feasibility Drawing which Give InformationImportant for EIA Purpose ............................................................................................................71

3 Description of Environment......................................................................................74

3.1 Preamble .............................................................................................................................74

3.2 Study Area...........................................................................................................................75

3.3 Description of the Study Area...........................................................................................75

3.4 Environmentally/Ecologically Sensitive areas................................................................76

3.5 Physical Conditions............................................................................................................78

3.6 PIA District Profile ..............................................................................................................78

3.6.1 Climatic Conditions ........................................................................................................79

3.7 Natural Resources of Bidar PIA District..........................................................................79

3.7.1 Flora & Fauna .................................................................................................................79

3.7.2 Forest Resources ...........................................................................................................80

3.7.3 Irrigation ...........................................................................................................................80

3.7.4 Agricultural Resources ..................................................................................................80

3.7.5 Mineral Resources .........................................................................................................81

3.7.6 Land Use & Land Cover ................................................................................................83

3.7.7 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area............................................................................84

3.7.8 Topography .....................................................................................................................87

3.7.9 Geology of the PIA District............................................................................................91

3.7.10 Geomorphology of PIA District .....................................................................................91

3.7.11 Hydrogeology of PIA District.........................................................................................92

3.7.12 Drainage Pattern in PIA District ...................................................................................94

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 7 of 263

3.7.13 Soils in PIA District .........................................................................................................95

3.7.14 Cyclones & Depressions, Winds and Coastal Erosion in PIA District....................97

3.7.15 Seismicity.........................................................................................................................99

3.8 Air Environment ................................................................................................................100

3.8.1 Meteorological Conditions...........................................................................................100

3.8.2 Meteorological Data Collection ..................................................................................100

3.8.3 General Meteorological Scenario based on IMD Data ...........................................100

3.8.4 Meteorological Scenario during Study Period..........................................................104

3.8.4.1 Atmospheric Inversion .............................................................................................105

3.8.4.2 Site Specific Meteorological data during Study Period.......................................106

3.8.5 Ambient Air Quality ......................................................................................................106

3.8.5.1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations ...............................................................107

3.8.5.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Techniques and Frequency .............................108

3.8.5.3 Results and Discussions .........................................................................................109

3.8.5.4 Observations .............................................................................................................117

3.9 Noise Environment...........................................................................................................117

3.9.1 Observations .................................................................................................................119

3.10 Water Environment ..........................................................................................................120

3.10.1 Surface Water Resources ...........................................................................................120

3.10.1.1 Surface Water Quality Assessment.......................................................................120

3.10.1.2 Results and Discussions .........................................................................................126

3.10.2 Ground water resources..............................................................................................126

3.10.2.1 Ground water Quality ...............................................................................................129

3.10.2.2 Results and Discussions .........................................................................................135

3.11 Soil as a resource and its Quality ..................................................................................135

3.11.1.1 Soil quality .................................................................................................................135

3.11.1.2 Results and Discussions .........................................................................................139

3.12 Flora & Fauna ...................................................................................................................139

3.12.1 Flora ...............................................................................................................................139

3.12.2 Fauna .............................................................................................................................144

3.12.2.1 Mammals ...................................................................................................................144

3.12.2.2 Birds ...........................................................................................................................145

3.13 Socio-economic profile of the Project Influence Area.................................................145

3.13.1 Socio Economic Aspects.............................................................................................145

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 8 of 263

3.13.2 Socio economic Profile of the study area .................................................................147

3.13.2.1 Employment and Livelihood....................................................................................150

3.13.2.2 Education facilities....................................................................................................153

3.13.2.3 Health Facilities within the study area...................................................................155

3.13.2.4 Sanitation Facilities & Drinking water facilities within the Study Area..............156

3.13.2.5 Infrastructure within Study Area: ............................................................................159

3.13.2.6 Tourism within the Study Area ...............................................................................159

3.13.2.7 Summary of socioeconomic indicators of the study area...................................160

4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES171

4.1 Introduction........................................................................................................................171

4.2 OPERATION PHASE ......................................................................................................171

4.2.1 Land Environment ........................................................................................................171

4.2.1.1 Discharges on Land-Impact....................................................................................171

4.2.1.2 Mitigation Measures.................................................................................................172

4.2.2 Impacts- Soil Contamination.......................................................................................172

4.2.2.1 Soil – Mitigation Measures......................................................................................172

4.2.3 Air Environment ............................................................................................................173

4.2.3.1 Meteorological Data .................................................................................................173

4.2.3.2 AERMET Process ....................................................................................................173

4.2.3.3 AERMOD Process....................................................................................................174

4.2.4 Conclusion:....................................................................................................................178

4.2.5 Mitigation Measures.....................................................................................................178

4.2.6 Potential Impact of Noise Environment.....................................................................179

4.2.6.1 Mitigation Measures.................................................................................................179

4.2.7 Impact on Existing Water Resources ........................................................................180

4.2.7.1 Impacts to Surface Water Bodies ..........................................................................181

4.2.7.2 Mitigation Measures.................................................................................................181

4.2.8 Impact due to Wastewater Generation .....................................................................181

4.2.8.1 Mitigation Measures.................................................................................................182

4.2.8.2 Wastewater Quality and Quantity ..........................................................................182

4.2.8.3 Mitigation Measures.................................................................................................183

4.2.9 Biological Environment ................................................................................................184

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 9 of 263

4.2.9.1 Impact on Migratory Paths for Wildlife and Forest Blocks .................................184

4.2.9.2 Mitigation Measures.................................................................................................184

4.2.10 Solid Waste Management ...........................................................................................184

4.2.10.1 Impact due to Solid Waste Generation .................................................................184

4.2.10.2 Solid Waste Management during Operation Phase............................................184

5. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (Technology & Site) .......................................187

5.1 Introduction........................................................................................................................187

5.2 Alternate Site Analysis.....................................................................................................187

5.3 Process Alternative ..........................................................................................................187

6. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ....................................................189

6.1 Introduction........................................................................................................................189

6.2 Objectives ..........................................................................................................................189

6.3 Environmental Management Plan during Operation Phase ......................................191

6.4 Post Project Environmental Monitoring.........................................................................192

6.5 Greenbelt Development Plan .........................................................................................193

6.6 Environment Management Cell......................................................................................194

6.7 Hierarchical system/administrative order of Sri Lakshmi Chemicals limited forEnvironmental management.......................................................................................................194

6.8 Cost Estimate for Environment Management Plan (EMP).........................................195

7. ADDITIONAL STUDIES .............................................................................................198

7.1 Public Hearing...................................................................................................................198

7.2 Disaster Management Plan ............................................................................................198

7.3 R&R ACTION PLANS......................................................................................................198

7.4 Risk Assessment ..............................................................................................................198

7.5 COPY OF ToR ISSUED BY SEIAA - Karnataka .........................................................199

7.6 ToR COMPLIANCE REPORT........................................................................................206

7.7 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND SAFETY SYSTEM................................................225

8. PROJECT BENEFITS ................................................................................................232

8.1 PROJECT BENEFITS .....................................................................................................232

9. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ...........................................................234

9.1 Introduction........................................................................................................................234

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 10 of 263

9.2 Objectives of EMP............................................................................................................234

9.3 EMP Roles and Responsibilities ....................................................................................235

9.3.1 Environmental Management Cell...............................................................................235

9.4 EMP for Operational Phase ............................................................................................237

9.4.1 Air Quality ......................................................................................................................237

9.4.2 Noise Environment .......................................................................................................239

9.4.3 Water and Wastewater Management........................................................................240

9.4.4 Solid and Hazardous waste Management................................................................240

9.4.4.1 Solvent Recovery .....................................................................................................240

9.4.4.2 Land Environment ....................................................................................................240

9.4.5 Ecology ..........................................................................................................................240

9.4.6 Socio – Economic Environment .................................................................................241

9.5 AVAILABLE SAFETY SYSTEMS ..................................................................................241

9.5.1 Fire Hydrant System ....................................................................................................241

9.5.2 Fire Extinguisher...........................................................................................................242

9.5.3 Eye Wash Fountain and Safety Shower ...................................................................248

9.5.4 Work Zone Monitoring Equipments ...........................................................................248

9.5.5 Wind Sack / Wind Direction Indicator........................................................................248

9.6 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH CENTRE (OHC) ..............................................................248

9.6.1 First Aid Boxes..............................................................................................................248

9.7 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY PROGRAM ............................................250

9.7.1 Operation Phase...........................................................................................................251

9.7.2 Occupational Health Monitoring .................................................................................251

9.7.3 Safety, Health and Environment Policy ....................................................................252

9.8 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY..................................................................254

9.9 Rainwater Harvesting & Groundwater Recharging .....................................................254

10. SUMMARY & CONCLUSION ................................................................................257

10.1 Summary ...........................................................................................................................257

10.2 Conclusion.........................................................................................................................258

11. DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT .......................................................................260

22.1 Brief Profile of Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Limited (HECS).............................260

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 11 of 263

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1-1 Project overview.......................................................................................................................37

Table 1-2 Site Coordinates.......................................................................................................................39

Table 1-3 Site Salient Features................................................................................................................40

Table 1-4 Applicable Acts and Rules .....................................................................................................46

Table 2-1 List of Industries within 10km Radius from the project site ............................................54

Table 2-2 Nearest Human Settlement.....................................................................................................54

Table 2-3 Capital Investment on the Project .........................................................................................55

Table 2-4 Existing and Proposed Products with Capacity .................................................................55

Table 2-5 Details of Storage Facilities ...................................................................................................57

Table 2-6 Solvent Recovery and Re-use................................................................................................58

Table 2-7 Spent Carbon Recovery and Disposal .................................................................................59

Table 2-8 Land Use Pattern......................................................................................................................61

Table 2-9 Detailed Land Area Break-up .................................................................................................62

Table 2-10 Water Requirement Break-up ..............................................................................................64

Table 2-11 Power and Fuel Requirement ..............................................................................................67

Table 2-12 Manpower Requirement ........................................................................................................67

Table 2-13 Municipal Solid Waste During Operation Phase ..............................................................68

Table 2-14 Hazardous Waste Management ...........................................................................................68

Table 2-15 List of Machinery & Equipments-Existing .........................................................................69

Table 3-1: Environmentally Sensitive Areas within 15 km from Project Boundary .......................76

Table 3-2: District land use/land cover statistics.................................................................................83

Table 3-3:Land Use/Land Cover statistics of 10 Km radius of the Study Area ..............................85

Table 3-4: Climatological Summary – Bidar Region (1971-2000) ....................................................101

Table 3-5 : Meteorology Data for Study Period (December 2016 - February 2017)......................106

Table 3-6: Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations ....................................................107

Table 3-7: Analytical Methods for Analysis of Ambient Air Quality Parameters..........................108

Table 3-8: Summary of the average baseline concentrations of pollutants .................................110

Table 3-9: Summary of the average baseline concentrations of pollutants .................................111

Table 3-10: Ambient PM10 Monitoring Data .........................................................................................112

Table 3-11: Ambient PM2.5 Monitoring Data.........................................................................................113

Table 3-12 : Ambient SO2 Monitoring Data ..........................................................................................114

Table 3-13: Ambient NO2 Monitoring Data...........................................................................................115

Table 3-14: Ambient Carbon Monoxide (CO) Monitoring Data ........................................................116

Table 3-15: Ambient Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) Monitoring Data ...............................117

Table 3-16: Day and Night Equivalent Noise Levels..........................................................................119

Table 3-17: Test methods used for the analysis of water quality parameters..............................121

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 12 of 263

Table 3-18: Details of Surface water sampling locations .................................................................121

Table 3-19: Surface Water Monitoring Results...................................................................................123

Table 3-20: Groundwater Potential in Bidar PIA District ..................................................................127

Table 3-21: Details of Groundwater Quality Monitoring Locations ................................................129

Table 3-22: Ground Water Monitoring Results ...................................................................................130

Table 3-23: Soil Quality Monitoring Locations ...................................................................................136

Table 3-24: Soil Quality Monitoring Results .......................................................................................137

Table 3-25: List of Flora Observed in the Study Area .......................................................................140

Table 3-26: List of Fauna Reported/Observed in the Study Area ...................................................144

Table 3-27: List of Birds Observed in the Study Area.......................................................................145

Table 3-28: Bidar District Social Indicators .......................................................................................146

Table 3-29: Demographic details of all the villages in the study area ...........................................148

Table 3-30: Workers group distribution in the study area ...............................................................151

Table 3-31: District literacy rate ............................................................................................................153

Table 3-32: Literacy rate of the study area..........................................................................................153

Table 3-33: Education Infrastructures in Bidar Block .......................................................................155

Table 3-34: Health profile of Bidar Taluk .............................................................................................155

Table 3-35: Village wise sanitation & drinking water facilities within the Study Area ................157

Table 3-36: State Highways in the Study Area. ..................................................................................159

Table 3-37: Total stretch of different roads in the district................................................................159

Table 4-1 Existing Stack Emission details ..........................................................................................175

Table 4-2 Additional Stack Emission details ......................................................................................175

Table 4-3: Estimated Post Project Scenario of Resultant Sulphur Dioxide Concentration ......177

Table 4-4: Estimated Post Project Scenario of Resultant Oxides Of Nitrogen Concentration .177

Table 4-5: Estimated Post Project Scenario of Resultant Particulate Matter Concentration....177

Table 4-6: Total Maximum Glcs from the Proposed Stack Emissions for Dec 2016 ...................178

Table 4-7 Details Sewage/Wastewater Treatment and Discharge...................................................183

Table 4-8: Characteristics of Effluent Generated...............................................................................183

Table 6-1Post Project Environmental monitoring program .............................................................192

Table 6-2 Cost Estimate for Environment Management Plan ..........................................................195

Table 9-1 EMC Responsibility ...............................................................................................................236

Table 9-2 Air Pollution Control Measures ...........................................................................................238

Table 9-3 Suitability of extinguishing media for different fires .......................................................242

Table 9-4 Extinguisher based on area .................................................................................................242

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 13 of 263

List of Figures

Figure 1-1 Satellite Image showing demarcated Project Site ............................................................39

Figure 2-1 Satellite Image of Environmental Sensitive Area with Distances ..................................52

Figure 2-2 Google Satellite Imagery 10 km radius...............................................................................52

Figure 2-3 Google Satellite Imagery 5 km radius.................................................................................53

Figure 2-4 Google Satellite Imagery 1 km radius.................................................................................53

Figure 2-5 General Activity of the Project .............................................................................................56

Figure 2-6 Typical solvent recovery system.........................................................................................59

Figure 2-7 Project Site Layout .................................................................................................................61

Figure 2-8 Site Photographs....................................................................................................................63

Figure 2-9 Water Balance Chart-Existing .............................................................................................65

Figure 2-10 Water Balance Chart-Proposed ........................................................................................66

Figure 2-11 Feasibility & Environmental Assessment Process ........................................................72

Figure 3-1: Geology & Minerals Map of Karnataka ..............................................................................82

Figure 3-2: Land Use Pattern in the PIA District ..................................................................................84

Figure 3-3:Land Use Map of Bidar district ............................................................................................84

Figure 3-4: Land Use Pa ttern of the Study Area .................................................................................86

Figure 3-5:Land use/Land cover map of the Study Area ....................................................................86

Figure 3-6: Physiography map of Karnataka State..............................................................................88

Figure 3-7: Contour/Physiography map of Study Area ......................................................................89

Figure 3-8: Topo map of the study area ................................................................................................90

Figure 3-9: Geology Map of PIA District ................................................................................................91

Figure 3-10: Geomorphology Map of Study area .................................................................................92

Figure 3-11: Hydrogeology Map of PIA district ....................................................................................94

Figure 3-12: Drainage Map of the Study area .......................................................................................95

Figure 3-13: Soil Map of Karnataka State ..............................................................................................97

Figure 3-14: Wind Hazard Map of Karnataka ........................................................................................99

Figure 3-15: Seismicity Map of India ......................................................................................................99

Figure 3-16: Windrose drawn for various seasons (Jan 2016 - Dec 2016) ....................................103

Figure 3-17: Annual Windrose (Jan 2016 - Dec 2016) .......................................................................104

Figure 3-18: Specific Wind rose for the Study Period.......................................................................105

Figure 3-19: Hourly variation of the mixing heights ..........................................................................106

Figure 3-20: Trends of Measured Ambient PM10 Concentrations in the Study Area ...................112

Figure 3-21: Trends of Measured Ambient PM2.5 Concentrations in the Study Area ...................113

Figure 3-22: Trends of Measured Ambient SO2 Concentrations in the Study Area.....................114

Figure 3-23: Trends of Measured Ambient NO2 Concentrations in the Study Area ....................115

Figure 3-24: Trends of Measured Ambient CO Concentrations in the Study Area ......................116

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 14 of 263

Figure 3-25: surface water sampling Photographs ...........................................................................120

Figure 3-26: Status of Ground Water Utilisation of Bidar District ..................................................128

Figure 3-27: Literacy rate of District Vs Taluk ....................................................................................153

Figure 3-28: Informal Consultation with Locals .................................................................................164

Figure 3-29 Map Showing the Study area of the Project ..................................................................165

Figure 3-30 Map Showing the Air monitoring locations ...................................................................166

Figure 3-31 Map Showing the Noise monitoring locations ..............................................................167

Figure 3-32 Map Showing the Ground Water & Surface Water monitoring location ...................168

Figure 3-33 Map Showing the Soil monitoring locations .................................................................169

Figure 4-1 Predicted 24 hrs GLC’s of SO2 within 10 km radius of the Study area .......................176

Figure 4-2: Predicted 24-Hrs’ GLC’s of NOx within 10 km Radius of the Study Area .................176

Figure 4-3 Predicted 24-Hrs GLC’s of Particulate matter within 10 km Radius of the Study Area

............................................................................................................................................................176

Figure 4-4 Waste Management Concept..............................................................................................185

Figure 6-1 Hierarchical system/administrative order ........................................................................195

Figure 9-1 Environmental Management Cell.......................................................................................235

Figure 9-2 Emergency Organization Chart..........................................................................................250

Figure 9-3 Safety, Health and Environment Policy ............................................................................253

LIST OF ACCRONYMS

AAQ Ambient Air QualityAAQM Ambient Air Quality MonitoringCPCB Central Pollution Control BoardCSR Corporate Social ResponsibilityEIA Environmental Impact AssessmentEMC Environmental Management CellEMP Environmental Management PlanETP Effluent Treatment PlantGLC Ground Level ConcentrationISO International Standard for OrganizationKIADB Karnataka Industrial Area Development BoardKSPCB Karnataka State Pollution Control BoardkWh Kilowatt per hourLOS Level of ServiceMEE Multiple Effect EvaporatorMSDS Material Safety Data SheetNAAQ National Ambient Air QualityPCB Pollution Control BoardPCU Passenger Car UnitSEAC State Expert Appraisal CommitteeSEIAA State Environmental Impact Assessment AuthoritySTP Sewage Treatment PlantTDS Total dissolved Solids

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 15 of 263

TOR Terms of ReferenceTSDF Treatment, Storage and Disposal FacilitiesZLD Zero Liquid Discharge

LIST OF ANNEXURE

1. Existing CFO2. Land document.3. Monitoring data submitted to KSPCB4. Process & Material balance5. Product MSDS.6. List of raw materials.7. Raw materials MSDS.8. Site layout.9. Water balance charts-Existing.10.Water balance charts-Proposed.11.KSPCB authorization for HWM.12. TSDF Agreement.13. ZLD scheme.14.On-site emergency plan.15.Risk Assessment report.16.Annual Medical report.

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 16 of 263

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 17 of 263

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

M/s Sri Lakshmi Chemicals (SLC) was acquired by its management in the

year 2010 from Sree Chemicals. SLC a privately owned and professionally

managed enterprise with its corporate office in Hyderabad, Mr. Samineni

Suresh is the owner of SLC. Since Pharmaceutical products are market

desire, SLC proposes the expansion of production capacity by introducing

new products.

The Company is assigning prime importance for environmental protection.

The company has implemented zero discharge concepts and complied the

environmental laws. The industry has maintained greenery inside the industry

& maintained well developed Green belt. The Environmentally Sensitive Areas

within 15km from Project Boundary is provided in the below Table-1.

Table-1 Environmentally Sensitive Areas within 15km from Project Boundary

S. No Areas Proposed project location boundary

1. Areas protected underinternational conventions, nationalor local legislation for theirecological, landscape, cultural orother related value

Bidar fort- 7.35 Km (local legislation) Gurudwara Nanak Jhira Sahib – 3.5

Km Narasimha Jhira Cave Temple –5.7

Km2. Areas which are important or

sensitive for ecological reasons –Wetlands, Watercourses or otherwater bodies, coastal zone,biospheres, mountains, forests

Manjara river - 12.5 Km Bomgondeshwar Lake-4.5 Km Gornalli Keri-5.3 Km Papnash Lake-2.7 Km Andur Lake-2.9 Km Karanja Reservoier-13.8 Km Deciduous Forest Near Andur- 3.5 Km Deciduous Forest Shahpur- 6.1Km Kamthana Reserve Forest- 3.1Km Kaplapur Reserve Forest- 1.2 Km Honnjkere Reserve Forest- 4.1 Km Khanapur Reserve Forest- 6.5Km Chitta Reserve Forest-2.6 Km

3. Areas used by protected, importantor sensitive species of flora orfauna for breeding, nesting,foraging, resting, over wintering,

Nil

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 18 of 263

migration

4. Inland, coastal, marine orunderground waters

Nil

5. State, National boundaries Andra Pradesh – Karnataka 12.25 Km

6. Routes or facilities used by thepublic for access to recreation orother tourist, pilgrim areas

SH105, (Bidar to Hummabad)

7. Defence installations Bidar Defence Airport 0.92 Km8. Densely populated or built-up area Bidar- 2.8 Km

Kohlar Village - 3.1 Km9. Areas occupied by sensitive man-

made land uses (hospitals,schools, places of worship,community facilities)

Hospitals DistrictGovt.Hospital-7.1Km Guru Nanak Hospital- 6.2 Km Payari Hospital -7.6 Km Vasu Hospital - 7.9 Km Shree Hospital – 7.2 Km

Educational Institutions Gyan Sudha Public School- 6.2 Km Mellenium Public School -5.4 Km Sai Gnyan Public School-5.6 Km Guru Nanak Public School-6.6 Km Guru Nanak DAV Public School-7.1

Km Sri. Dattagiri Maharaj Public School-

7.5 Km Saint Joseph Public School-7.1 Km Joy Kids Public School -6.8 Km N.K.Jabshetty Ayurvedic Medical

College - 6.2 Km Bidar Institute of Medical Sciences -

6.4 Km BVB College-6.2 Km Government Polytechnic Bidar – 6.4

Km sidharth college- 6.9 Km Vasantha college of nursing- 3.9Km Noor college-9.0 Km University of Agricultural Research -

7.2 Km AIMES College Campus 7.6 Km Allama Iqbal Education Society's

Shaheen PU College-7.9 Km Karnataka Veterinary, Animal and

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 19 of 263

Fisheries Sciences University-4.0 Km Akkamahadevi College of Nursing-3.6

Km Saptagiri ITI College-5.4 Km National College-5.0 Km Vidya PU College-6.5 Km B. V. Bhoomreddy College-5.8 Km Gurunanak Dev Engginering College-

5.7 Km Govt. ITI College 5.6 Km Sai Gnyan Mate Manikeshwari

College-4.9 KmReligious Places

Jara Naraswamy Temple -10.1 Km Papanasham Temple (Shiva Temple)

-6.2 Km Bhavani Temple-8.6 Km Guru Nanak (Gurudwara)- 7.0 Km Eidgah Amlapur – Mosque -5.2 Km Masjid E Ejaz-6.2 Km Al-Farooq Masjid -5.9 Km Jamia masjid amlapur Mosque -6.5

Km10. Areas containing important, high

quality or scarce resources,(groundwater resources, surfaceresources, forestry, agriculture,fisheries, tourism, minerals)

Manjara river - 12.5 Km Karanja Reservoier-13.8 Km Bidar fort- 7.3 Km

11. Areas susceptible to naturalhazard which could cause theproject to present environmentalproblems, (earthquakes,subsidence, landslides, erosion orextreme or adverse climaticconditions)

This area is generally plain no prone to anynatural disasters. The area under study fallsin Zone-II, according to the Indian StandardSeismic Zoning Map. Suitable seismiccoefficients in horizontal and verticaldirections respectively, have to be adoptedwhile designing the structures.

M/S. Sri Lakshmi Chemicals located at plot No 73D, KIADB Kolhar Industrial

Area, Kolhar and Nizampur Village, Bidar Taluk, Bidar District, Karnataka

State, proposes expansion of production capacity by introducing new

products.

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 20 of 263

The products categories are Active Pharmaceuticals Ingredients (APIs) and

Chemical Intermediates. Presently SLC is manufacturing 1 product namely 5

Cyanophthalide with production capacity of 36 MTPA. For the present

proposal, SLC proposes to revise the existing product capacity to 96 MTPA

and add 7 more new products with capacity of 240 MTPA to a total of 8

products with capacity of 336 MTPA. The existing and proposed products

details are provided in the below Table 2.

Table-2 Existing and Proposed Products with Capacity

S.No Products Name

Capacity (MTPA)

Existing Additional ProposedTotal

1. 5 Cyanophthalide 36 60 96

2. 1-(6-methyl-3-pyridyl)-2-(4-(methylsulfonyl)-phenyl)ethanone

0 48 48

3. 1, 2,3-tri-o-acetyl-5-deoxy-beta-d-ribofuranose

0 48 48

4. Fluconazole 0 24 245. Gabapentin 0 24 246. Pregabalin 0 12 127. Theobromine 0 60 608. Darunavir intermediate 0 24 24

Total 36 300 336

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 21 of 263

The Chronology Matrix of the company is provided in Table-3.Table-3 Chronology Matrix

YearProducts

EC No CFE No CFO NoName MTA

2011 5-Cyanophthalide 36 Notobtained

NO.PCB/246/HPI/2014-15/181

dt: 15.05.2015

No.PCB/HPI/246/CFOAddendum/2015-16/1252.dt. 09.10.2015.

Valid: 30.06.2017

2016-17 8 Products,336 MTPA

PresentProceedings,

No. SEIAA 37 IND2016

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 22 of 263

The proposed site is within KIADB Industrial Area. As per Amendment in EIA

Notification 2006, dated 22nd August 2013; said notification for change in

product mix/expansion industries requires prior Environmental clearance from

Central Government or SEIAA under sub-section (3) of section 3. The

Proposed Project termed under Schedule 5 (f), Category B, Synthetic Organic

Chemicals as per the EIA Notification 2006 and its Amendments requiring EIA

studies of the project. The facility requires prior Environmental Clearance from

State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA), Karnataka before

commencing onsite activities. The application along with relevant project

documents was submitted to SEIAA, Karnataka on 06.08.2016. Based on the

information furnished and the presentation made before the State Expert

Appraisal Committee Members, the proposal was appraised in the 171st

SEAC meeting held on 22.09.2016 and was issued the Terms of Reference

(TOR) for preparing Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report vide

Letter No. SEIAA/F.No- SEIAA 37 IND 2016 dated 18.11.2016.

Since existing product do not have environmental clearance, as per the

MoEF&CC Notification No. S.O. 804(E) dated 14th March, 2017, Karnataka

SEIAA has recommended the proposal to EAC, MoEF & CC under Category

A, 5(f).

I. Land Requirement

The total land area is 5056 sq m (1.25 Acres) completely fortified and

protected on all four sides by boundary walls. The land use pattern is provided

in the below Table-4.

Table-4 Land Use Break-up Details

S. No Component Area(Sq.m)

Acre %

1 Ground Coverage (includesplants, utilities, storage andETP)

1303 0.32 25.8

2 Road and pavements 1028 0.25 20.3

3 Greenbelt area 1845 0.45 36.5

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 23 of 263

4 Vacant Land 880 0.23 17.4

Total 5056 1.25 100

II. Water Requirement

The water requirement for the existing facility is 5 KLD, which is met from private

water suppliers. The additional water requirement due to the expansion will be

19.8 KLD, and thus the total water requirement will be 24.8 KLD. The total water

requirement will be met from private water suppliers. The water requirement

break-up details is given in Table-5.

Table-5 Water Requirement Break-Up Details

Water requirement Existing(KLD)

Additional(KLD)

Proposed Total(KLD)

Domestic 1.8 3.6 5.4Process 2.4 10 12.4Scrubber 0.1 0.2 0.3Lab Plant Wash 0.2 1 1.2Boiler Feed 0.2 2 2.2Gardening 0.15 2 2.15Cooling water make up 0.15 1 1.15

Total 5 19.8 24.8

III. Wastewater Generation

Domestic water will be treated in Septic tank followed by soak pit.

Industrial effluents from the plant will be stored in collection tank and will be

neutralized, and then sent to MEE, Condensate will be recycled to cooling

tower and boiler feed through softener. MEE concentrate will be sent to

Centrifuge, Salt from Centrifuge will be sent to TSDF.

The treatment system is ZLD, there will be no discharge to landenvironment.

The break up in terms of volumetric contribution (for effluent & sewage) is

given in Table-6. The effluent characteristic is provided in the Table 7.

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 24 of 263

Table-6 Details Sewage/Wastewater Treatment and Discharge

Description Existing Additional Proposed Total TreatmentUnits Final Disposal point

Domestic(KLD) 1.5 2.8 4.3 - Soakpit

Ind. effluentgeneration(KLD)

2.3 10.45 12.75 ETP,MEE

Treated waterrecycled.Solid will be sent toTSDF

Characteristics of effluents is provided in the below Table-7.

Table-7 Characteristics of Effluent Generated

S. No. Parameter

Concentration*Raw Effluent

(Neut. Tank Inlet)Characteristics

Concentration*MEE Condensate(Treated water)Characteristics

1 pH 5.0-6.0 7.0-8.0

2 TDS 5000-8000 200-1000

3 TSS 800-1000 50-80

4 BOD 2000-4000 20-30

5 COD 6000-10000 50-100

* All parameters except pH are expressed as mg/l

IV. Power Requirement

The power required for the project will be sourced from GESCOM. DG sets

will act as the standby facilities and will be utilized in case of power failures.

The details of power requirement and backup power facilities are given in

Table-8.

Table-8 Power and Fuel Requirement

DetailsCapacity

SourceExisting Additional Proposed Total

Power Requirement(KVA) 100 300 400 GESCOM

Back-up 200 200 400 DG sets

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 25 of 263

(KVA)

DieselRequirements

(lit/Month)

Approx.1000

Approx.1000

Approx.2000 HP

Boiler Fuel(Mt/ day) 2 0 2 COAL

Boiler: One coal fired 2 TPH is presently available. No additional boiler is proposed.

V. Manpower

The manpower requirement including both the technical and non-technical

personnel is given in Table-9.

Table-9 Manpower Requirement

Existing Additional Proposed TotalPermanent 15 0 15Contractual 35 50 85

Total 50 50 100

VI. Solid Waste

MSW is disposed to Local Municipal bin/ Recyclers, the source of Municipal

solid waste in the industry is from the domestic use. The MSW details are

provided in the Table-10.

Table-10 Municipal Solid Waste

Type Kg/day Disposal method

Organic 24 Municipal bin including food waste

Inorganic 26 KSPCB authorized recyclers

Total 50As per CPCB guidelines: MSW per capita/day =0.5

Total Municipal Solid Waste Generated during the operation phase is 50

Kg/day for total 100 employees of existing and additional manpower due to

proposed expansion.

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 26 of 263

VII. Hazardous waste Management

The hazardous wastes generated from Plant are collected, stored and

disposed through authorized disposal cum recycle facilities as per the

Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement)

Rules 1989 and subsequent amendment in 2016.

The type of hazardous waste and the quantity generated are detailed in the

Table-11.

Table-11 Hazardous Waste Management

WasteCategory

Hazardous wasteGenerated

QuantityMethod of handling

Existing Additional ProposedTotal

5.1 Used Oil(Liters/Annum) 200 400 600

Collected in leak proofcontainers and disposedonly to KSPCB registeredauthorized re-processor

28.1 Organic Residue(MTPA) 0 10 10

Collected in carboys andstored in Hazardouswaste storage area andhanded over to KSPCBauthorized incinerator

28.3 Spent Carbon(MTPA) 36 60 96

Collected in polythenebags and stored inHazardous waste storagearea. Will be sent toKSPCB authorizeddealer.

33.1 MS Drums(MTPA) 2 3 5 Stored in secure manner

and handed over toKSPCB authorizedrecycler33.1 HDPE Used Liners

(MTPA) 0.2 0.4 0.6

35.3

MEESludge/Chemicalsludge from clarifierand evaporator(MTPA)

0.5 9 9.5

Collected in polythenebags and stored inHazardous waste storagearea. and handed over toKSPCB authorized TSDF

VIII. Analysis of Alternative Sites Considered

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 27 of 263

Since the proposed project is an expansion within the existing plant facility the

alternate sites are not considered.

IX. Project cost

The total capital investment on the project is INR 3.75 Crores, the details of

which are provided in the following Table-12.

Table-12 Capital Investment on the Project

S. No. Cost INR (Crores)

1. Environmental Managemental Plan 0.624

2. Others 3.126

TOTAL 3.75

X. Baseline Study

Meteorological Environment

The micro-meteorological conditions during the study period for hourly data of

wind speed, wind direction and temperature were recorded at the project site.

From the Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) at Bidar Region (1971-

2000), the annually determined wind direction is mostly South West to North

East. From the site specific meteorological data of study period (Source:

www.wunderground.com), the predominant wind was observed from Dec

2016 - ENE to ESE, Jan 2017 – ESE & Feb 2017 – SSE to S during the study

period (Dec 2016 to Feb 2017). Average Wind Speed Range is 1.3 m/s, the

temperature ranges between 20 °C – 28 °C and the average temperature is

23.4 °C, while the relative humidity ranges from 24 to 77% at project site.

Bidar district receives an average rainfall of 827 mm. The normal annual

rainfall over the district ranges from 735 mm to 860 mm (Source: Ground

Water Information Booklet, Bidar District, Karnataka, 2008).

Ambient Air Quality

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 28 of 263

The ambient air quality has been monitored at 8 locations for 18 parameters

including 16 parameters as per NAAQS, 2009 within the study area. The

baseline levels of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, CO, Pb, O3, NH3, C6H6, C20 H12, As,

Ni, VOC, Cl, HCl, HBr, H2S & HF are well within the National Ambient Air

Quality Standards for Industrial, Commercial and Residential areas at all

monitoring locations during the study period from December 2016 to February

2017.

Noise Environment

The existing ambient noise levels were monitored using precision noise level

meter in and around the project site at 10 km radius at 8 locations during

December 2016 to February 2017. During the study period, day time noise

levels varied between 53.8 dB(A) to 78.2 dB (A) and night time noise levels

varied from 46.4 dB (A) to 73.1 dB (A) across the sampling stations. The field

observations during the study period indicate that the ambient noise levels in

both Industrial area and in Residential area noise are slightly exceeded the

limit prescribed by MoEF&CC.

Water Environment

The prevailing status of water quality at eight sampling locations each for

ground and surface water have been assessed during December 2016.

The standard methods prescribed in IS were followed for sample collection,

preservation and analysis in the laboratory for various physiochemical

parameters.

Surface water quality

The values range from 6.9-7.76 for pH, 243– 374 mg/l for TDS, 107 - 165 mg/l

for Total Hardness, 18.5– 38.8 mg/l for chloride content, 10.4– 15.8 mg/l l for

sulphate content.

Ground Water Quality

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 29 of 263

The values range from 7.01 -7.84 for pH, 237 -521 mg/l for TDS, 66 -285 mg/l

for Total Hardness, 32.7– 121.3 mg/l for chloride content, 22.7– 74 mg/l for

sulphate content.

Land Environment

Assessment of soil characteristics is of paramount importance since the

vegetation growth, agricultural practices and production is directly related to

the soil fertility and quality. It is observed that,

The pH of the soil samples ranged from 7.98-8.33.

Conductivity of the soil samples ranged from 177-331 μS/cm. As the

EC value is less than 2000 μS/cm, the soil is found to be non-saline in

nature

The water holding capacity of the soil samples varied from 31-43.4 (%).

Nitrogen content ranged from 44 kg/ha to 216kg/ha

Phosphorous ranged from 22 to 126 kg/ha

Potassium content ranges from 45 to 264 kg/ha

Biological Environment

There sensitive places in the study area is provided in the Table-1 of

executive summary. The species observed in the study area are mostly

commercial crops and plantation crops and breaks were also observed

throughout the semi-evergreen and moist deciduous forest types. There is no

extinct flora and fauna species found in the study area.

Socio Economic Environment

Bidar district is located in the northern most tip of the State of Karnataka. The

total geographical area of the district is 5,448 sq.km. Bidar district is

surrounded by Gulbarga district to the south, Maharashtra State in the West

and North. It is bounded on the East by Andhra Pradesh. The population of

the district is 1703300 as per 2011 Census. The male population is 870665

and female population is 832635.The unique feature of the district is that there

are many spoken languages and dialects. As it is close to Maharashtra and

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 30 of 263

Andhrapradesh, they speak Kannada, Hindi, Marathi, Urdu and Telugu

languages.

A socio-economic study was undertaken in assessing aspects which are

dealing with social and cultural conditions, and economic status in the study

area. The study provides information such as demographic structure,

population dynamics, infrastructure resources, and the status of human health

and economic attributes like employment, per-capita income, agriculture,

trade, and industrial development in the study area. The study of these

characteristic helps in identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts on

socio-economic and parameters of human interest due to proposed project

developments. The parameters are:

Demographic structure

Infrastructure Facility

Economic Status

Health status

Cultural attributes

The district is rural in character as 75 percent of the population lives in rural

areas. Agriculture is the main contributor to the economy of the district. The

district has low industrial base. A major proportion of the area in the district is

not under irrigation. The proportion of net area irrigated to net area sown is

only 14.18%. The socio-economic status of the district and study area are

provided in the Chapter 3, Section 3.13.

The project area is in the Kolhar Village, Bidar taluk and at located

17°54'39.71"N and 77°27'23.66"E (Centre Coordinates) comes under Bidar

district of Karnataka state. It is located at an distance of 4.2 Km (NE) from

Bidar town.

Anticipated Environmental Impacts

Air Environment

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 31 of 263

Base line data reveals that ambient air quality in the study area for all the

parameters are well within the permissible limits as prescribed by National

Ambient Air Quality Standards. The main sources of emissions will be from

the D.G sets, Reactors and Boiler which are facilitated with stacks of

adequate height as an air pollution control measure.

Noise Environment

Baseline line study showed that the noise levels in both Industrial area and in

Residential area noise are slightly exceeded the limit prescribed by

MoEF&CC. The designed equipment with noise levels not exceeding beyond

the requirements of Occupational Health and Safety Administration Standard

will be employed.

Land Use

As the manufacturing facility is located in the designated KIADB industrial

area, the proposed activity does not change the land use classification of the

site.

XI. Environmental Monitoring Program

A monitoring schedule with respect to Ambient Air Quality, Water &

Wastewater Quality, Noise Quality as per Karnataka State Pollution Control

Board (KSPCB), shall be maintained.

XII. Pollution Control Measures

The emission from boilers and D.G sets will be mitigated by providing

adequate stack height. The D.G set will be provided with adequate stack

height of 11 m AGL. Boiler is provided with cyclone separator to control the

pollutants and stack of 21 m AGL to disperse the pollutants. Acoustic

enclosures are provided to the DG sets to control noise emissions. The

reactors are connected to individual scrubber and stacks (4 Nos), stack height

9 m AGL.

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 32 of 263

Municipal Solid Wastes including food waste are disposed to municipal bin.

The hazardous waste will be stored separately in hazardous waste storage

and disposed to KSPCB authorized TSDF sites within the stipulated period of

time. Hazardous waste materials will be properly disposed as per the

Hazardous and Other wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement)

Rules 1989 and subsequent amendment in 2016.

The wastewater generated will be mainly sewage and process effluent.

Domestic water will be treated in Septic tank followed by soak pit.

Industrial effluents from the plant will be stored collection tank and

neutralized, and then sent to MEE, Condensate will be sent recycled to

cooling tower and boiler feed though softener. MEE concentrate will be sent to

Centrifuge, Salt from Centrifuge will be sent to TSDF.

The wastewater treatment system will be ZLD. There will be no discharge to

land environment.

XIII. Greenbelt Development

The total land area is 5056 sq m (1.25 Acres) which is completely fortified and

protected on all the four sides by boundary walls. The Greenbelt area is 1845

Sq. mt (0.45 Acres, 36.5 %).

XIV. Risk Analysis

Hazard Identification and Risk Analysis including identification, screening of

scenarios, and consequence analysis of the various risk scenarios. Risk

Assessment has been done with respect to the Solvent Storage Tanks and

Pipe lines.

The Risk Assessment has been carried out by using the ALOHA software

5.4.5 (Aerial Locations of Hazardous Atmospheres) which was developed by

office of Emergency management, EPA and Emergency Response Division,

NOAA & PHAST Lite 7.11 (Licence number 1603-120331(S-28502))

developed by DNV GL AS 2014.

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 33 of 263

The scope of the study mainly involves:

Identifications of Hazards

Consequence modeling

Flash fire

Jet Fire analysis

dispersion of vapour cloud

pool fire

Impact limits identifications and contour mapping of the risk on the

layouts.

Mitigating measures for handling and storage to reduce impacts &

prevent incidents.

As per the NFPA rating, the fire hazard is observed in chemicals such as

Ethylene Dichloride (EDC), Toluene, Acetone, Isopropanol, Methanol,

Morpholine, N-Hexane, Tetrahydrofuran (THF) and Ethyl acetate. The

health hazard is observed in Morpholine. For the chemicals such as

Chloroform, DMSO, MDC and DMF fire and health hazards are not

observed.

The consequence analysis is performed for pipelines which are

connected from Storage tanks to Process tank.

All the hazards are observed in NorthEast direction due to the wind

blowing from SouthWest.

In case of emergency, onsite emergency plan will be implemented

Risk Control Measures

Pressure safety valves for storage tanks

Pressure alarm high and pressure alarm low for storage tanks

Level indicators with monitoring from control for storage tanks

Level transmitter, Level gauge and Temperature indicators for the

storage tanks

Fire protection arrangements in the form of Fire Hydrants and Monitors

for the storage tanks.

Emergency Handling checklist and procedure

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 34 of 263

All reactors would be equipped with condenser with appropriate heat

transfer area, which acts as primary condenser. Over and above that, the

non-condensable solvent vapors from the primary condenser are further

cooled in the vent condenser (Sub cooler) which have the circulation of

chilled water/ Brine circulation. This additional measure is taken to

enhance solvent recovery. The distillate/ Condensate from the primary &

secondary condensers would be collected in jacketed vessels which

have chilled utility circulation.

XV. Disaster Management Plan

The salient features of Disaster Management Plan includes

Emergency shutdown procedure

Electrical Power Failure & Key Utility failures

Fire protection system

Emergency safety equipment & Reporting and response to emergency

Emergency Help from nearby industries and tie up with nearby industries

Emergency Control Room - is the focal point in case of an emergency

from where the operations to handle the emergency are directed and

coordinated. It will be equipped with Internal and P & T telephones,

Paging system and Emergency siren.

On-Site Emergency Plan

To provide effective planning, communication and to ensure discipline

while mitigating identified emergencies at the earliest utilizing available

resources, safety gadgets and systems.

Synchronized action from all the internal and external agencies at the

earliest to initiate corrective and preventive action.

To minimize the human injury and illness during emergency mitigation,

priority is given to rescue of incident victim/s, rendering them first aid

onsite and if required providing further medical services at the earliest,

which is available nearest to our plant.

To minimize damage to property, general environment or work

environment.

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 35 of 263

To effectively refer and utilize this revised onsite emergency plan while

conducting on site emergency and preparedness response drills and

also during real emergencies.

To identify any deviations during above drills and real situations to

ensure any identified and recorded observations for continual corrective

actions and preventive actions.

XVI. Benefits of the Proposed Project

The proposed expansion of production capacity will fulfill the market

requirement and play a vital role in the Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients and

Chemical Intermediates sectors and thereby address the market demand and

Social benefits.

The products manufactured at these facilities will be exported that will aid in

adding revenue to the nation. The corporate social responsibilities that will be

taken up by the proposed project will improve the well-being of the society

and the corporate responsibilities towards the protection of the environment

will help in conserving the ecosystem. It will also provide employment

opportunities to local population.

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 36 of 263

CHAPTER – 1Introduction

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 37 of 263

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1 Project Back ground

M/S. Sri Lakshmi Chemicals (SLC) was started in July 2010 for manufacturing

bulk drugs and intermediates and situated at plot No 73D, KIADB Kolhar

Industrial Area, Kolhar and Nizampur Village, Bidar Taluk, Bidar District,

Karnataka State.

Presently Sri Lakshmi Chemicals is manufacturing 1 product namely 5

Cyanophthalide with production capacity of 36 MTPA. For the present

proceeding, SLC proposes to revise the existing product capacity to 96 MTPA

and adds 7 more new products (240 MTPA) to a total of 8 products with

capacity of 336 MTPA.

The facility spreads over 1.25 Acres. There will not be any additional land

requirement for this proposed expansion.

1.2 Overview of Sri Lakshmi Chemicals

M/s Sri Lakshmi Chemicals (SLC) was acquired by its management in the

year 2010 from Sree Chemicals. SLC a privately owned and professionally

managed enterprise with its corporate office in Hyderabad, Mr. Samineni

Suresh is the owner of SLC. Since Pharmaceutical products are market

desire, SLC proposes the expansion of production capacity by introducing

new products.

The company is assigning prime importance for environmental protection. The

company has implemented zero liquid discharge concepts and complied the

environmental laws. The industry has maintained greenery inside the industry

& maintained well developed Green belt. Project overview is provided in the

below Table 1-1.

Table 1-1 Project overview

Description Existing Additional Proposed Total

Products Capacity (MTPA) 36 300 336

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 38 of 263

No. of Products 1 Product 7 Products 8 Products

Water consumption (KLD) 5 19.8 24.8

Ind. effluent generation (KLD) 2.15 12.55 14.7

Sewage (KLD) 1.5 4.3 5.8

Neutralization tank (KLD) 20 - 20

MEE Capacity (KLD) 20 - 20

Power Requirement(KVA) GESCOM 100 300 400

DG (KVA) 1 x 200 1 x 200 2 x 200

Boiler (Mt/Day) 2 0 2

1.3 Purpose and Status of the Report

The project is manufacturing of Bulk drugs & intermediates Products. The

existing products do not have environmental clearance. But CFE and CFO are

obtained. The CFO of existing products are enclosed as Annexure 1. So, this

proposal is to obtain EC for both the existing and new products together. The

existing and proposed products details are given in Table 2.5.

The proposed site is within KIADB Industrial Area. As per Amendment in EIA

Notification 2006, dated 22nd August 2013; said notification for change in

product mix/expansion industries requires prior Environmental clearance from

Central Government or SEIAA under sub-section (3) of section 3. The

Proposed Project termed under Schedule 5 (f), Category B, Synthetic Organic

Chemicals as per the EIA Notification 2006 and its Amendments requiring EIA

studies of the project. The facility requires prior Environmental Clearance from

State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA), Karnataka before

commencing onsite activities. The application along with relevant project

documents was submitted to SEIAA, Karnataka on 06.08.2016. Based on the

information furnished and the presentation made before the State Expert

Appraisal Committee Members, the proposal was appraised in the 171st

SEAC meeting held on 22.09.2016 and was issued the Terms of Reference

(TOR) for preparing Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report vide

Letter No. SEIAA/F.No- SEIAA 37 IND 2016 dated 18.11.2016.

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 39 of 263

Since existing product do not have environmental clearance, as per the

MoEF&CC Notification No. S.O. 804(E) dated 14th March 2017, Karnataka

SEIAA has recommended the proposal to EAC, MoEF & CC under Category

A, 5(f).

1.4 Brief Description of Nature, Size, Location of the Project & ItsImportance to the Country, Region

1.4.1 Nature, Size & Location of the Project

The project site is situated at Plot No. 73 D. KIADB Kolhar Industrial Area,

Nizampur village, Bidar District and Karnataka State -585401. The project site

falls in the SOI topo sheet No. 56F-08, 56F-12, 56G-05 &02 and lies between

the Latitude 17°54'39.71"N and Longitude 77°27'23.66"E. Four corner GPS

readings of the project site are given in Table 1-2 . The location of the Project

site is as below in Figure 1-1.

Figure 1-1 Satellite Image showing demarcated Project Site

Table 1-2 Site Coordinates

Site Point Site Co-ordinates Direction1 17°54'41.04"N 77°27'24.62"E NNE2 17°54'38.98"N, 77°27'25.09"E SE3 17°54'38.39"N, 77°27'22.55"E SW4 17°54'40.42"N, 77°27'22.05"E NW

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 39 of 263

Since existing product do not have environmental clearance, as per the

MoEF&CC Notification No. S.O. 804(E) dated 14th March 2017, Karnataka

SEIAA has recommended the proposal to EAC, MoEF & CC under Category

A, 5(f).

1.4 Brief Description of Nature, Size, Location of the Project & ItsImportance to the Country, Region

1.4.1 Nature, Size & Location of the Project

The project site is situated at Plot No. 73 D. KIADB Kolhar Industrial Area,

Nizampur village, Bidar District and Karnataka State -585401. The project site

falls in the SOI topo sheet No. 56F-08, 56F-12, 56G-05 &02 and lies between

the Latitude 17°54'39.71"N and Longitude 77°27'23.66"E. Four corner GPS

readings of the project site are given in Table 1-2 . The location of the Project

site is as below in Figure 1-1.

Figure 1-1 Satellite Image showing demarcated Project Site

Table 1-2 Site Coordinates

Site Point Site Co-ordinates Direction1 17°54'41.04"N 77°27'24.62"E NNE2 17°54'38.98"N, 77°27'25.09"E SE3 17°54'38.39"N, 77°27'22.55"E SW4 17°54'40.42"N, 77°27'22.05"E NW

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 39 of 263

Since existing product do not have environmental clearance, as per the

MoEF&CC Notification No. S.O. 804(E) dated 14th March 2017, Karnataka

SEIAA has recommended the proposal to EAC, MoEF & CC under Category

A, 5(f).

1.4 Brief Description of Nature, Size, Location of the Project & ItsImportance to the Country, Region

1.4.1 Nature, Size & Location of the Project

The project site is situated at Plot No. 73 D. KIADB Kolhar Industrial Area,

Nizampur village, Bidar District and Karnataka State -585401. The project site

falls in the SOI topo sheet No. 56F-08, 56F-12, 56G-05 &02 and lies between

the Latitude 17°54'39.71"N and Longitude 77°27'23.66"E. Four corner GPS

readings of the project site are given in Table 1-2 . The location of the Project

site is as below in Figure 1-1.

Figure 1-1 Satellite Image showing demarcated Project Site

Table 1-2 Site Coordinates

Site Point Site Co-ordinates Direction1 17°54'41.04"N 77°27'24.62"E NNE2 17°54'38.98"N, 77°27'25.09"E SE3 17°54'38.39"N, 77°27'22.55"E SW4 17°54'40.42"N, 77°27'22.05"E NW

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 40 of 263

Land is owned by M/s Sri Lakshmi Chemicals. This land has been allotted by

KIADB in the Industrial area. The present land use is industrial. The land

possession certificate from KIADB is enclosed as Annexure 2.

The salient Features of the project site are represented in the Table 1-3.

Table 1-3 Site Salient Features

S.No Features Description

1) Name of the Project M/s. Sri Lakshmi Chemicals

2) Proposed

Development/Change

Description Existing Proposed

Existing

Products with

capacity

1 Product –

36 MTPA

Product 1 –

96 MTPA

(increase in

capacity)

New Additional

Product

- 7 Nos.

Production

capacity –

240 MTPA.

Total Production capacity 336 MTPA

3) Total Land Area of the

Project Site

The Plant facilities are spread over 5056 Sq.m

(1.25 Acres) KIADB Land which is completely

fortified and protected on all four sides by

boundary walls. This land has been allotted by

KIADB in the Industrial area.

4) Geographical Location of the

Project site

Village: Nizampur, District: Bidar, State: Karnataka

Latitude: 17°54'39.71"N

Longitude: 77°27'23.66"E

5) Elevation 658 m above MSL

6) Nearest Villages Kolhar 1.00 km towards NNW

Nizampur 2.51 km towards WSW

Bellura 2.59 km towards SW

Zamistanpur 3.67 km towards SSE

Chidri 3.88 km towards ESE

Naubad 3.38 km towards NE

7) Nearest Railway station Bidar railway station 6.19 km (E)

8) Highway SH105, Bidar to Humnabad at North

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 41 of 263

to site

9) Airport RGIA - 200km (SE)

10) Nearest major Town Bidar 6.15 Km (E)

11) Nearest Port Mumbai Port : 463 km (NW)

12) Reserved Forest/Protected

Forest/Notified Wildlife

Sanctuary/Ecologically

sensitive areas

Deva Deva Vanam: 10.9km SE

Deciduous Forest:3.8km SE

Deciduous Forest:3.55km N

Deciduous Forest:4.6km NW

13) Nearest Tourist Places Bidar Fort: 6.65km NE

14) Water Bodies Karanja reservoir: 14.45km SE

15) Type of soil Deep ferrous red

1.4.2 Need for the Project and Its Importance to the Country and/Region

India with its large talented manpower, cost effective chemical synthesis, legal

& financial framework is poised to become sourcing destination of bulk drugs

to the global market.

The pharmaceutical industry in India ranks third in the world in terms of

volume and contributes 10% to the global pharmaceutical production.

According to the Department of Pharmaceuticals, the Indian pharmaceutical

industry is pegged at Rs 810 bn, which includes domestic sales and exports.

According to the Department of Pharmaceuticals, the sector employs about

340,000 persons and an estimated 400,000 doctors and 300,000 chemists

are serving its 1 bn-plus market.

Based on market survey the selected molecules for manufacture have

potential for export as well as domestic market.

In line with the Market Demand M/s. Sri Lakshmi Chemicals proposes

Expansion of Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients and Chemical Intermediates

within the existing premises with change in production quantity.

1.5 EIA Study

The EIA study was undertaken covering all the aspects of the specific

conditions mentioned in the terms of reference issued by SEIAA. This EIA

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 42 of 263

study was undertaken by M/s Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd (HECS), a

NABET accredited EIA consulting organisation, with specific project related

inputs required for undertaking the EIA studies from M/s. Sri Lakshmi

Chemicals, Bidar.

M/s. Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd is authorized to undertake EIA

studies for Synthetic Organic Chemicals industry (dyes & dye intermediates,

bulk drugs and intermediates excluding drug formulations, synthetic rubbers

basic organic chemicals, other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical

intermediates) as per the NABET accreditation scheme.

As per EIA notification, public consultation for the proposed project shall be

exempted as the project is coming up in notified Karnataka Industrial Area

Development Board

1.6 EIA Cost

EIA study was undertaken by HECS for an amount of Rs. 7/- Lakhs (seven

Lakh only)

1.7 Scope of the study

The scope of the work mentioned includes an assessment study of proposed

pharmaceutical manufacturing unit and their impact on the region. This study

puts forward the most effective ways to protect the environment form

increasing pollution caused by the burgeoning industrial development and

recommendations for environmental-friendly development initiatives in the

region.

An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is an assessment of the possible

impact, whether positive or negative, that a proposed project may have on the

environment, together consisting of the natural, social and economic aspects,

i.e., aiming at “Sustainable Development” due to the project activities.

This EIA report presents the existing baseline scenario and the assessment

and evaluation of the environmental impacts that may rise during the

construction and operational phases of the project. This report also highlights

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 43 of 263

the Environmental Monitoring Program during the construction and operation

phases of the project and the post project monitoring program. In terms of the

EIA Notification of the MoEF&CC dated 14th September 2006 and

subsequent amendments the generic structure of the EIA document will be as

under:

Chapter 1: Introduction

Introductory information is presented in this Chapter. The introduction chapter

provides background to the project, project proponent and describes the

objective of this document. The purpose and organization of the report is also

presented in this chapter.

Chapter 2: Project Description

This Chapter includes Project Description and Infrastructure Facilities

delineating all the industrial and environmental aspect of the industry of M/s.

Sri Lakshmi Chemicals., operation phase activities as well as process details

of proposed products. This Chapter gives information about storage and

handling, water and resources requirement.

Chapter 3: Description of the Environment

This Chapter provides baseline environmental status of Environmental

Components (Primary data) delineating meteorological details of the project

site and surrounding area.

Chapter 4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures

This Chapter presents the analysis of impacts on the environmental and

social aspects of the project as a result of establishment of plan and thereby

suggesting the mitigation measures.

Chapter 5: Analysis of Alternatives (Technology and Sites)

This chapter includes the justification for the selection of the project site from

Environmental point of view as well as from economic point of view so that the

technology will be affordable to the member units of the industrial area.

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 44 of 263

Chapter 6: Environmental Monitoring Program

This chapter will include the technical aspects of monitoring, the effectiveness

of mitigation measures which will include the measurement methodologies,

frequency, location, data analysis, reporting schedules etc.,

Chapter 7: Additional Studies

This chapter will detail about the Public Consultation sought regarding the

project. It will also identify the risks of the Project in relation to the general

public and the surrounding environment during construction and operation

phases of the plant and thereby presents Disaster Management Plan. Social

impact assessment and R&R action plans.

Chapter 8: Project Benefits

This chapter deals with improvement in physical and social infrastructures,

employment potential and other tangible benefits.

Chapter 9: Environmental Management Plan

This is the key Chapter of the report and presents the mitigation plan, covers

the institutional and monitoring requirements to implement environmental

mitigation measures and to assess their adequacy during project

implementation.

Chapter 10: Summary and Conclusion

This chapter summarizes the information given in Chapters in this EIA/EMP

report and the conclusion based on the environmental study, impact

identification, mitigation measures and the environmental management plan.

Chapter 11: Disclosure of the Consultant

Names of consultants engaged in the preparation of the EIA/EMP report along

with their brief resume and nature of Consultancy rendered are included in

this Chapter.

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 45 of 263

1.8 Objectives of the Study

To ensure environmental considerations are explicitly addressed and

incorporated into the development decision-making process.

To anticipate and avoid, minimize or offset the adverse significant

biophysical, social and other relevant effects of the above project proposal.

To protect the productivity and capacity of natural systems and the

ecological processes which maintain their respective functions

To promote development that is sustainable and optimizes resource use

as well as management opportunities.

To fully recognize the scope and requirements of the TOR and comply

with the same.

The major objective of this study is to prepare a detailed Environmental

Impact Assessment Study within the study area i.e 10 km radius from the

project.

1.9 Methodology adopted for the Study

An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is an assessment of the possible

impact, whether positive or negative, that a proposed project may have on the

environment, together consisting of the natural, social and economic aspects,

i.e., aiming at “Sustainable Development” due to the project activities.

1.10 Applicable Regulatory Framework

The EIA process followed for this EIA report is composed of the following

stages:

Study of project information.

Screening & Scoping.

Environmental pre-feasibility study & application for approval of TOR.

Collection of detailed project management plan/report.

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 46 of 263

Baseline data collection.

Impact identification, Prediction & Evaluation.

Mitigation measures & delineation of EMP.

Risk assessment and safety & disaster management plan.

Review & finalization of EIA Report based on the TOR requirements.

Submission of EIA report for implementation of mitigation measures &

EMP as well as necessary clearances from relevant Authority.

The following Acts and Rules are applicable to the proposed project:

The details of Acts and Rules with applicability to the proposed project are

given in Table 1-4.

Table 1-4 Applicable Acts and Rules

S.No

Act and Rulesapplicable Purpose Objective Applicability

1. EIA Notification2006 and itsamendments.

New projects,Expansionmodernization,change in productmix of the existingproject

Protection andImprovement ofthe Environment

As the proposal isfor new projectscheduled undercategory 5(f),Environmentalclearance fromMinistry ofEnvironment,Forest & ClimateChange isapplicable

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 47 of 263

S.No

Act and Rulesapplicable Purpose Objective Applicability

2. The Manufacture,Storage and Importof HazardousChemicals Rules,1989 and itsamendments

Handling ofHazardousChemicals

Regulate themanufacture,storage andimport ofHazardousChemicals

Preparation/update of On-siteEmergencyPreparednessPlan andsubmission toFactoryinspectorate.

Preparation/update of SafetyReport and submitto Factoryinspectorate.

Preparation ofMaterial SafetyData Sheet.

3. The Water(Prevention andControl of Pollution)Act, 1974 and itsamendments.

New projects,Expansionmodernization,change of productmix of the existingproject,

Existing plants

Prevention,control andabatement ofwater pollution

Consent toEstablish andConsent toOperate fromState PollutionControl Board tobe obtained forexpansion andnew product

4. The Air (Preventionand Control ofPollution) Act, 1981and itsamendments.

New projects,Expansion/modernization,change of productmix of the existingproject, Existingindustries

Prevention,control andabatement of airpollution

Consent toEstablish andConsent toOperate fromState PollutionControl Board tobe obtained forexpansion andnew product

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 48 of 263

S.No

Act and Rulesapplicable Purpose Objective Applicability

5. The Hazardous andother waste(Management,Handling andTransboundaryMovement Rules)2016 and itsamendments.

Management,Handling andTransboundaryMovement ofHazardous waste

Prevention,Control andabatement ofpollution

Hazardous wasteAuthorization fromState PollutionControl Board tobe obtained

6. The solid WasteManagement Rules,2016

Management of solid(non-harzadous)waste as per theprovisions of theRule

Preventioncontrol andresourceconservation

Solid wasteauthorization fromSPCB. Propercollection,segregation anddisposal as perRules

7. The Environmental(Protection)Act,1986and its Amendments

New projects,Expansion/modernization change ofproduct mix of theexisting project,Existing industries

Protection andImprovement ofthe Environment

EnvironmentalStandards asspecified are to becomplied.

Submission ofEnvironmentStatement onyearly basis toKSPCB

8. The Noise Pollution(Regulation andControl) Rules,2000

New projects,Expansion/modernization change ofproduct mix of theexisting project,Existing industries

To protect theworkers andpublic from noiserelated problems

Noise controlmeasure.

Comply withNoise standardsand submission ofmonthly report toKSPCB

9. The Factories Act1948 and itsamendments.

New projects,Expansion/modernization change ofproduct mix of theexisting project,Existing industries

Control ofworkplaceenvironment, andproviding for goodhealth and safetyof workers

Factory Licensefrom Factoryinspectorate.

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 49 of 263

S.No

Act and Rulesapplicable Purpose Objective Applicability

10. The Explosive Act,1884

New projects,Expansion/modernization change ofproduct mix of theexisting project,Existing industries

Production,Storage andimport ofexplosivesubstance in andaround theproject andprovides theregulations for thesafety andenvironmentalmeasures

Safety measuresare compiled forthe storage ofchemicals in theplant as perPESO guidelines.

11. The Drugs andCosmetic Act, 1940

New projects,Expansion/modernization change inproduct mix of theexisting project,Existing industries

To regulate theimport,manufacture,distribution andsale of drugs &cosmeticsthrough licensing.

To preventsubstandard indrugs,presumably formaintaining highstandards ofmedicaltreatment.

To regulate themanufacture andsale of drugs

12. The Indian BoilerAct, 1923

New projects,Expansion/modernization change ofproduct mix of theexisting project,Existing industries

Boiler act containthe law related toregistration andinspection issteam boiler

The Act isapplicable to allBoiler (Water tubeand fire tubeboilers)

13. The Central MotorVehicle Act, 1988

New projects,Expansion/modernization change ofproduct mix of theexisting project,Existing industries

Check thepollution load ofvehicles insidethe plant

Adequateenvironmentalmeasures are putin place to checkthe vehicularemissions.

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 50 of 263

CHAPTER – 2Project Description

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 51 of 263

2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Type of Project

M/s. Sri Lakshmi Chemicals. is an existing unit for manufacturing of bulk

drugs and intermediates and situated at plot No 73 D, KIADB Industrial Area,

Nizampur village, Bidar Taluk, Bidar Dt, Karnataka.

The proposed project falls under the schedule 5 (f) Synthetic Organic

Chemicals as per the EIA Notification dated September 14, 2006 and its

amendments. There is no interlinked project. The project is categorized into

category ‘B’ as the site is located inside KIADB Industrial Area.

Since existing product do not have environmental clearance, as per the

MoEF&CC Notification No. S.O. 804(E) dated 14th March, 2017, Karnataka

SEIAA has recommended to EAC, MoEF & CC under Category A, 5(f).

2.2 Site Location

The project site location is discussed under Chapter 1, Section 1.4.1 andFigure 1-1 The Satellite Image of Environmental Sensitive Area with

Distances within 15KM Radius is appended in the Figure 2-1. The Google

satellite imageries covering 10 Km, 5 km &1 km radius around the project

area are appended the Figure 2-2 to Figure 2-4 respectively.

The project site falls in the Latitude 17°54'39.71"N and Longitude

77°27'23.66"E (Centre coordinates).

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 52 of 263

Figure 2-1 Satellite Image of Environmental Sensitive Area with Distanceswithin 15KM Radius

Figure 2-2 Google Satellite Imagery 10 km radius

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 52 of 263

Figure 2-1 Satellite Image of Environmental Sensitive Area with Distanceswithin 15KM Radius

Figure 2-2 Google Satellite Imagery 10 km radius

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 52 of 263

Figure 2-1 Satellite Image of Environmental Sensitive Area with Distanceswithin 15KM Radius

Figure 2-2 Google Satellite Imagery 10 km radius

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 53 of 263

Figure 2-3 Google Satellite Imagery 5 km radius

Figure 2-4 Google Satellite Imagery 1 km radius

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 53 of 263

Figure 2-3 Google Satellite Imagery 5 km radius

Figure 2-4 Google Satellite Imagery 1 km radius

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 53 of 263

Figure 2-3 Google Satellite Imagery 5 km radius

Figure 2-4 Google Satellite Imagery 1 km radius

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 54 of 263

2.2.1 Existing Environmental Setup

Industries: The list of existing industries within 10 km radius from the project

site is given in Table 2-1. The site does not fall within the CRZ area.

Table 2-1 List of Industries within 10km Radius from the project site

S.No. Name Industrytype

Distance(m) Direction

1 Sai Life Sciences Ltd Pharmacy 100 SW2 Corvine Laboratories P Ltd Pharmacy 500 SW3 Suryakala Laboratories P Ltd Pharmacy 480 SW4 Wohlar Laboratories P Ltd Pharmacy 400 SW5 Vivimed Labs Ltd Pharmacy 300 NW6 Chandra Life Sciences P Ltd Pharmacy 700 SW7 Chiral Biosciences Pharmacy 1080 SW8 SN2 Assymetrix Pvt Ltd Pharmacy 1500 SW

Nearest Human Settlement: The details of nearest human settlement from

the project Site is provided in the Table 2-2.

Table 2-2 Nearest Human Settlement

SI.No Villages Distance in km Direction Population1 Kolhar 4.25 WNW 119352 Nizampur 3.17 W 15263 Bellura 2.80 SW 14624 Zamistanpur 3.09 SSE 17565 Chidri 4.22 ESE 12436 Naubad 4.19 NE 17037 Kamthana 5.52 SSW 11179

2.3 Size or Magnitude of operation

Presently Sri Lakshmi Chemicals is manufacturing 1 product namely 5

Cyanophthalide with production capacity of 36 MTPA and Now proposed to

add 7 new products namely 1-4-(methylsulfonyl) Phenyl]ethanone, 2,3-tri-o-

acetyl-5-deoxy-beta-d-ribofuranose. Fluconazole, Gabapentin, Pregabalin,

Theobromine, Darunavir intermediate and also planned to expand the

production capacity of existing product 5 Cyanophthalide from 36 MTPA to 96

MTPA.

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 55 of 263

The existing and proposed products details are provided in the Chapter 2,Section 2.5.2 and Table 2-4. The total capital investment on the project is

INR 7.3 Crores and break up of cost details are detailed in Table 2-3

Table 2-3 Capital Investment on the Project

S. No. Cost INR (Crores)

1 Environmental Managemental Plan 0.624

2 Others 3.126

TOTAL 3.75

2.4 Technology & Process Description

2.4.1 Process Description

This section deals with raw materials requirement, process, material balance

and solvent recovery etc.,

2.4.2 Products Manufactured

Presently Sri Lakshmi Chemicals is manufacturing 1 product namely 5

Cyanophthalide with production capacity of 36 MTPA. For the present

proceeding, SLC proposes to revise the existing product capacity to 96 MTPA

and adds 7 more new products (240 MTPA) to a total of 8 products with

capacity of 336 MTA.

Existing product does not have EC. CFE was not obtained for the facility.

Existing CFO is enclosed as Annexure 1 & the site monitoring data submitted

to KSPCB is enclosed as 3. The existing and proposed products with capacity

are provided in the Table 2-4.

Table 2-4 Existing and Proposed Products with Capacity

S. No Products NameCapacity (MTPA)

Existing Additional ProposedTotal

1. 5 Cyanophthalide 36 60 96

2. 1-(6-methyl-3-pyridyl)-2-(4-(methylsulfonyl)-phenyl)ethanone

0 48 48

3. 1,2,3-tri-o-acetyl-5-deoxy-beta-d- 0 48 48

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 56 of 263

ribofuranose4. Fluconazole 0 24 245. Gabapentin 0 24 246. Pregabalin 0 12 127. Theobromine 0 60 608. Darunavir intermediate 0 24 24

Total 36 300 336

2.4.2.1 Detailed Manufacturing Process Description

The general activity of the project is shown in Figure 2-5

Figure 2-5 General Activity of the Project

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 56 of 263

ribofuranose4. Fluconazole 0 24 245. Gabapentin 0 24 246. Pregabalin 0 12 127. Theobromine 0 60 608. Darunavir intermediate 0 24 24

Total 36 300 336

2.4.2.1 Detailed Manufacturing Process Description

The general activity of the project is shown in Figure 2-5

Figure 2-5 General Activity of the Project

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 56 of 263

ribofuranose4. Fluconazole 0 24 245. Gabapentin 0 24 246. Pregabalin 0 12 127. Theobromine 0 60 608. Darunavir intermediate 0 24 24

Total 36 300 336

2.4.2.1 Detailed Manufacturing Process Description

The general activity of the project is shown in Figure 2-5

Figure 2-5 General Activity of the Project

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 57 of 263

The manufacturing process for existing and proposed products is described

with reaction equation, material balance and process flow charts as

Annexure 4. Product MSDS is provided in Annexure 5.

2.4.2.2 Raw Materials Requirement

The list of raw materials for existing and proposed products is given in

Annexure 6. MSDS of the raw material are given Annexure 7.

2.4.3 Source of Supply of Raw Materials & Marketing Area of FinalProducts

The raw materials are either obtained from local suppliers (Gujarat,

Maharashtra, Karnataka and Andhra Pradesh etc.) transportation mode is by

air, road & sea.

2.4.4 Storage Facility for Raw Materials and Products

Adequate storage facilities with optimum inventories are provided for the raw

materials and products. The raw materials, products and others storage

facilities required are detailed in below Table 2-5.

Table 2-5 Details of Storage Facilities

S. No Item Storage Capacity (MT) at any point of timeExisting Additional Total

1 Raw materials 168 100 2682 Solvents 192 0 1923 Products Storage 105.78 50 155.78

Total 415.78 150 565.78

2.4.5 Resource Optimization/Recycling and Re-Use Envisaged in theIndustry

Solvent Recovery & Re-Use:

Solvents do not contribute to the effectiveness of the drug, with the exception

of forming the desired solvate in the final product. However, solvents play an

essential role in chemical processing for controlling the reaction rate,

facilitating heat and mass transfer and enabling product separation and

purification, which cannot be replaced easily with other alternatives.

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 58 of 263

Various solvents are proposed to be used during the process of manufacture

of APIs. The solvents proposed to be recovered and recycled during the

process of manufacture of each product are detailed in Table 2-6.

Table 2-6 Solvent Recovery and Re-use

S. No Solvent NameQty (T/A)

Solvent StorageMode Total qty used Recovered and

re-used

1. Acetone Above groundStorage Tank 0.61 0.58

2. Chloroform Above groundStorage Tank 671.312 637.75

3. DMF Above groundStorage Tank 181.17 172.11

4. DMSO Above groundStorage Tank 469.918 446.42

5. EDC Above groundStorage Tank 147.53 140.15

6. Ethanol Barrel 358.91 340.96

7. Ethyl Acetate Above groundStorage Tank 168.00 159.60

8. IPA Above groundStorage Tank 556.80 528.96

9. MDC Above groundStorage Tank 1767.267 1678.90

10. Methanol Above groundStorage Tank 373.429 354.76

11. Morpholine Above groundStorage Tank 17.58 16.70

12. n-Hexane Above groundStorage Tank 211.028 200.48

13. Pyridine Barrel 310.482 294.96

14. Tetrahydrofuran Above groundStorage Tank 237.82 225.93

15. Toluene Above groundStorage Tank 1592 1512.40

Solvent Recovery System:1. After the reaction is complete the solvents are recovered in a distillation

unit.

2. The distillation unit has two condensers in series (shell and tube type).

3. The first condenser is passed with cooling tower water, while the second

condenser will have chilled brine solution at -20 to -0 oC as coolants.

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 59 of 263

4. After the vapors are condensed, the condensate along with un-condensed

vapors is passed through a trap which is cooled externally with chilled

water.

5. The vents of condenser and receiver are connected to scrubber system.

6. All the reaction vessels and centrifuges are connected to a common line.

These fumes and exhausts are sucked by ID fan and scrubbed by alkali

solution.

7. The air after scrubbing is let out into the atmosphere and the scrubbed

water is sent to MEE for further treatment.

8. This wet scrubber absorbs acidic vapors, traces of solvents etc. and

purified gas stream is let out into the atmosphere.

9. SLC is achieving around ~95% efficiency in solvent recovery system and it

will be re-used for the process.

The typical solvent recovery system is depicted in Figure 2-6

Figure 2-6 Typical solvent recovery systemSpent Carbon:Spent carbon is used during the process of manufacture of different products.

The spent carbon will be disposed to spent carbon disposed for Incineration.

The detailed list of the quantities is appended in the below Table 2-7.

Table 2-7 Spent Carbon Recovery and Disposal

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 60 of 263

S. No Proposed Products NameQuantity of spent Carbon

generated, T/ADisposalMethod

1. 5-Cyanophthalide96.00

2. 1-4-(methylsulfonyl) Phenyl]ethanone: 0

Disposed toKSPCB

Authorizeddealer.

3.2,3-tri-o-acetyl-5-deoxy-beta-d-ribofuranose

0

4. Fluconazole 2.40

5. Gabapentin 0

6. Pregabalin 0

7. Theobromine 6.00

8. Darunavir intermediate 0

Total 104.4

2.5 Project Description Including Drawings Showing Project Layout,Components Of Project, Schematic Representations Of The FeasibilityDrawing Giving Information Important For EIA Purpose

2.5.1 Project Description Including Drawings Showing Project Layout,Components of Project

The existing and proposed layout plan demarcating various units within the

plant and the boundaries with land use pattern is provided in Figure 2-7 and

enclosed as Annexure 8. Land document is attached as Annexure 2.

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 61 of 263

Figure 2-7 Project Site Layout

The total land area is 5056 sq m (1.25 Acres). The land use pattern is

provided in Table 2-8.

Table 2-8 Land Use Pattern

S. No Component Area(Sq.m)

Acre %

1 Ground Coverage (includesplants, utilities, storage andETP)

13030.32

25.8

2 Road and pavements 1028 0.25 20.3

3 Green Belt area 1845 0.45 36.5

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 62 of 263

4 Vacant Land 880 0.23 17.4

Total 5056 1.25 100

Table 2-9 Detailed Land Area Break-upS.No Area Details Sq Mt

1. Ele Panel/ office 129.202. Boiler shed 40.003. Parking shed 70.004. MEE Plant 48.005. Chilling plant 76.006. Production Block 282.057. Reactors/ Driers 106.008. Press Filter shed 114.009. Drier Room 137.5010. Centrifuge shed 42.2511. Ware house 168.0012. Drum Storage 90.0013. Greenbelt area 1 283.0014. Greenbelt area 2 673.0015. Greenbelt area 3 79.0016. Greenbelt area 4 42.0017. Greenbelt area 5 768.0018. Road area 1028.0019. Vacant land 880.00

Total 5056.00

Site photographs are appended below in Figure 2-8.

Figure 2-8Figure 2-8 Site Photographs

2.6 Resource Requirements

2.6.1 Land Requirement and Land Use Planning

The total land area is 5056.00 sq m (1.25 Acres). The land use pattern is

provided in Table 2-8 and detailed land area break-up is provided in Table2-8.

2.6.2 Water Requirement

The water requirement for the existing facility is 5 KLD, which is met from

private water suppliers. The additional water requirement due to the

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 63 of 263

expansion will be 19.8 KLD, and thus the total water requirement will be 24.8

KLD. The total water requirement will be met from private water suppliers.

The water requirement break-up details are provided in the Table 2-10. The

water balance charts for existing and proposed quantities are appended in.

Figure 2-9 and Figure 2-10 respectively and enclosed as Annexure 9 and

Annexure 10 respectively. In the existing wastewater treatment system,

effluents from PR Drugs and Stereo Drugs have been accepted for treatment

and treated water is shared with them as shown in existing water balance

chart.

Table 2-10 Water Requirement Break-up

Water requirement Existing(KLD)

Additional(KLD)

Proposed Total(KLD)

Domestic 1.8 3.6 5.4Process 2.4 10 12.4Scrubber 0.1 0.2 0.3Lab Plant Wash 0.2 1 1.2Boiler Feed 0.2 2 2.2Gardening 0.15 2 2.15Cooling water make up 0.15 1 1.15

Total 5 19.8 24.8

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 64 of 263

Figure 2-9 Water Balance Chart-Existing

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 65 of 263

Figure 2-10 Water Balance Chart-Proposed

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 66 of 263

2.6.3 Power and Fuel Requirement

The power required for the project will be sourced from GESCOM. DG sets

will act as the standby facilities and will be utilized in case of power failures.

The details of power requirement and backup power facilities are given in

Table 2-11

Table 2-11 Power and Fuel Requirement

DetailsCapacity

SourceExisting Additional Proposed Total

Power Requirement(KVA) 100 300 400 GESCOM

Back-up(KVA) 200 200 400 DG sets

DieselRequirements

(lit/Month)

Approx.1000

Approx.1000

Approx.2000 HP

Boiler Fuel(Mt/ day) 2 0 2 COAL

Boiler: One coal fired 2 TPH is presently available. No additional boiler is

proposed.

2.6.4 Manpower RequirementThe manpower requirement including both the technical and non-technical

personnel is given the following Table 2-12

Table 2-12 Manpower Requirement

Existing Additional Proposed TotalPermanent 15 0 15Contractual 35 50 85

Total 50 50 100

2.6.5 Solid and Hazardous Waste ManagementSolid Waste Management

The source of Municipal solid waste in the industry is from the domestic use.

MSW is disposed to municipal bin including food waste/ Inorganic to

Recyclers. Details provided in Table 2-13.

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 67 of 263

Table 2-13 Municipal Solid Waste During Operation Phase

Type Kg/day Disposal method

Organic 24Municipal bin including food

waste

Inorganic 26 KSPCB authorized recyclers

Total 50As per CPCB guidelines: MSW per capita/day =0.5 kg

Total Municipal Solid Waste Generated during the operation phase is 50

Kg/day for total 100 employees of existing and additional manpower due to

proposed expansion.

Hazardous waste ManagementThe various hazardous waste are generated from the process are spent

catalyst, spent solvent, process residues, chemical sludge from the effluent

treatment plant and discarded bags from the raw materials section. These are

stored in a separate hazardous waste storage area and are disposed off by

sending it to the authorized dealers within a stipulated period of time.

Hazardous waste materials are properly disposed as per the Hazardous

Wastes (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules 1989

and subsequent amendment in 2016. KSPCB authorization for HWM is

enclosed as Annexure 11. Agreement has been made with KSPCB

approved TSDF is enclosed as Annexure 12. The type of hazardous waste

and the quantity generated are detailed in the Table 2-14.

Table 2-14 Hazardous Waste Management

WasteCategory

Hazardous wasteGenerated

QuantityMethod ofhandlingExisting Additional Proposed

Total

5.1 Used Oil(Liters/Annum) 200 400 600

Collected in leakproof containers anddisposed only toKSPCB registeredauthorized re-processor

28.1 Organic Residue(MTPA) 0 10 10 Collected in

carboys and stored

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 68 of 263

in Hazardous wastestorage area andhanded over toKSPCB authorizedincinerator

28.3 Spent Carbon(MTPA) 36 60 96

Collected inpolythene bags andstored in Hazardouswaste storage area.Will be sent toKSPCB authorizeddealer.

33.1 MS Drums(MTPA) 2 3 5 Stored in secure

manner and handedover to KSPCBauthorized recycler33.1 HDPE Used Liners

(MTPA) 0.2 0.4 0.6

35.3

MEESludge/Chemicalsludge from clarifierand evaporator(MTPA)

0.5 9 9.5

Collected inpolythene bags andstored in Hazardouswaste storage area.and handed over toKSPCB authorizedTSDF

2.7 Infrastructure facilities

The sanitation and restroom will be provided to the labor force during the

construction phase. During operation phase the office room, rest room and

canteen are being provided to the employees. The site layout plan is enclosed

as Annexure 8.

2.8 Machinery & Equipment Details

The detailed list of machinery & equipments in the industry installed &

proposed to be procured for the manufacture of products are provided in the

Table 2-15.

Table 2-15 List of Machinery & Equipments-Existing

S. No Description of Main Machineries Capacity NosReactors

1. GLR 6.2KL 3

2. GLR 4KL 2

3. GLR 5KL 1

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 69 of 263

4. GLR 2 KL 1

5. SS 5KL 1

6. SS 4KL 1

7. SS 3KL 4

8. SS 2KL 1

9. SS 1KL 1

10. Slurry prep. –PP VAT 8 KL 2

11. MS-FRP 20 KL 2

12. MEE- SS 30 KLD 1

Filter/Drier13. Nutsch filter MS FRP 4KL 1

14. DRIER TRAYS SS 96 TRAY 5

15. LEAF FILTER SS 250Ltrs 1

16. LEAF FILTER SS 100 Ltrs 117. SS RECEIVERS 600 LTRS 6

18. PP FRP RECIEVER 600 LTRS 2

MISC19. MS TANK 15 KL 1

20. MS TANK 10 KL 2

21. MS TANK 20KL 1

22. Cooling Tower 300TR 1

23. Boiler -FO 2000kgs/hr 1

24. Chilling plant 18TR 1

25. Brine chilling 20KL 1

26. Cooling Tower 100TR 1

27. DG SET 200 KVA 1

Centrifuges28. SS 316 48 " centrifuge Process 4

29. RUBBER LINED 48 " centrifuge Process 2

30. Filter press40 nosplates 2

Justification for number of products and number of reactors:

The existing product is one number, new products are 7 numbers, and thus

the total proposed products are 8 numbers. The number of existing reactors is

15 numbers with different capacities for the purpose of running reaction, work-

up, solvents distillation and product isolation purpose.

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 70 of 263

The existing product is only one numbers, existing number of reactors are 15,

the number of reactors may seem more with respect to number of existing

products, not all the reactors were in use. All these reactors were present

when factory was acquired by SLC management from Sree Chemicals in

2010.

No additional Machineries & Equipments are required for the proposed

expansion.

2.9 Schematic Representations of the Feasibility Drawing which GiveInformation Important for EIA Purpose

A schematic representation of the overall feasibility and environmental

assessment process is shown in Figure 2-11. The EIA process is composed of

the following stages:

Study of project information

Screening & Scoping

Environmental Pre-Feasibility study & application for approval of TOR

Collection of detailed project management plan/report

Baseline Data collection

Impact identification, Prediction & Evaluation

Mitigation measures & delineation of EMP

Risk Assessment and Safety & Disaster Management plan

Review & finalization of EIA Report based on the TOR requirements.

Submission of EIA report for implementation of mitigation measures &

EMP as well as necessary clearances from relevant Authority.

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 71 of 263

Figure 2-11 Feasibility & Environmental Assessment Process

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 72 of 263

Chapter 3Description of Environment

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 73 of 263

3 Description of Environment

3.1 Preamble

This chapter depicts the existing environmental conditions in and around the

10Km radius from the proposed project with an area of 1.24 Acres (0.505 Ha)

located at Plot No.73 D Kolhar Industrial Area, KIADB, Nizampur Village Bidar

Taluk Bidar District & Karnataka State.The primary baseline data monitored

covered three (3) months i.e., from December 2016 - February 2017, and

secondary data was collected from Government and Semi-Government

organisations. The primary baseline data has been generated by M/s. Hubert

Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd, Chennai, and a MoEF&CC approved & NABL

certified Environmental Testing Laboratory for the following Terrestrial

environmental components.

Terrestrial Environmental Components

Meteorology

Temperature

Relative Humidity

Rainfall

Wind Speed & Direction

Solar Radiation

Ambient Air Quality

Particulate matter <10 micron size (PM10)

Particulate matter <2.5 micron size (PM2.5)

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)

Carbon Monoxide (CO)

Lead (Pb)

Ozone (O3)

Benzene (C6H6)

Benzo (a) pyrene (C20H12)

Arsenic (As)

Nickel (Ni)

Ammonia (NH3)

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 74 of 263

Hydrogen Fluoride (HF)

Hydrogen Bromide (HBr)

Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S)

Hydrogen Chloride (HCl)

Ambient Noise Levels

Day equivalent noise levels

Night equivalent noise levels

Inland Water Quality

Groundwater Quality

Surface Water Quality

Soil QualityFlora & Fauna (Ecology)

3.2 Study Area

A 10Km radial distance with the proposed project site as the epicentre has

been identified as the General study area / Project Influence Area (PIA) for

assessing the baseline environmental status. The core study area is the

project area and its immediate surroundings to the tune of 1.0 Km radius from

the boundary. The project area is the land where the project is being

developed. Further the Project Impact/Influence Area (PIA) is 10Km from the

boundary of the core area covering Bidar Taluk Bidar District of Karnataka

State. The map showing the study area/PIA for the EIA study is given as

Figure 3-29.

3.3 Description of the Study Area

As described in Chapter 1 Introduction M/s. Sri Lakshmi Chemicals Ltd, it is

situated in KIADB. Kolhar, Bidar district, Karnataka. An overall idea of the

study area with reference to the physical conditions are presented for better

understanding in the following sections before proceeding into the section on

the prevailing environmental conditions of the study area.

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 75 of 263

3.4 Environmentally/Ecologically Sensitive areas

The environmental sensitive areas covering an aerial distance of 15 km PIA

from project boundary is given in Table 3-1

Table 3-1: Environmentally Sensitive Areas within 15 km from ProjectBoundary

S.No Areas Proposed project location boundary

12. Areas protected underinternational conventions, nationalor local legislation for theirecological, landscape, cultural orother related value

Bidar fort- 7.35 Km (locallegislation)

Gurudwara Nanak Jhira Sahib –3.5 Km

Narasimha Jhira Cave Temple –5.7 Km

13. Areas which are important orsensitive for ecological reasons –Wetlands, Watercourses or otherwater bodies, coastal zone,biospheres, mountains, forests

Manjara river - 12.5 Km Bomgondeshwar Lake-4.5 Km Gornalli Keri-5.3 Km Papnash Lake-2.7 Km Andur Lake-2.9 Km Karanja Reservoier-13.8 Km Deciduous Forest Near Andur- 3.5

Km Deciduous Forest Shahpur- 6.1Km Kamthana Reserve Forest- 3.1Km Kaplapur Reserve Forest- 1.2 Km Honnjkere Reserve Forest- 4.1 Km Khanapur Reserve Forest- 6.5Km Chitta Reserve Forest-2.6 Km

14. Areas used by protected, importantor sensitive species of flora orfauna for breeding, nesting,foraging, resting, over wintering,migration

Nil

15. Inland, coastal, marine orunderground waters

Nil

16. State, National boundaries Andra Pradesh – Karnataka 12.25 Km

17. Routes or facilities used by thepublic for access to recreation orother tourist, pilgrim areas

SH105, (Bidar to Hummabad)

18. Defence installations Bidar Defence Airport 0.92 Km19. Densely populated or built-up area Bidar- 2.8 Km

Kohlar Village - 3.1 Km20. Areas occupied by sensitive man-

made land uses (hospitals,Hospitals

DistrictGovt.Hospital-7.1Km

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 76 of 263

schools, places of worship,community facilities)

Guru Nanak Hospital- 6.2 Km Payari Hospital -7.6 Km Vasu Hospital - 7.9 Km Shree Hospital – 7.2 Km

Educational Institutions Gyan Sudha Public School- 6.2 Km Mellenium Public School -5.4 Km Sai Gnyan Public School-5.6 Km Guru Nanak Public School-6.6 Km Guru Nanak DAV Public School-7.1

Km Sri. Dattagiri Maharaj Public School-

7.5 Km Saint Joseph Public School-7.1 Km Joy Kids Public School -6.8 Km N.K.Jabshetty Ayurvedic Medical

College - 6.2 Km Bidar Institute of Medical Sciences -

6.4 Km BVB College-6.2 Km Government Polytechnic Bidar – 6.4

Km sidharth college- 6.9 Km Vasantha college of nursing- 3.9Km Noor college-9.0 Km University of Agricultural Research -

7.2 Km AIMES College Campus 7.6 Km Allama Iqbal Education Society's

Shaheen PU College-7.9 Km Karnataka Veterinary, Animal and

Fisheries Sciences University-4.0 Km Akkamahadevi College of Nursing-3.6

Km Saptagiri ITI College-5.4 Km National College-5.0 Km Vidya PU College-6.5 Km B. V. Bhoomreddy College-5.8 Km Gurunanak Dev Engginering College-

5.7 Km Govt. ITI College 5.6 Km Sai Gnyan Mate Manikeshwari

College-4.9 KmReligious Places

Jara Naraswamy Temple -10.1 Km Papanasham Temple (Shiva Temple)

-6.2 Km Bhavani Temple-8.6 Km Guru Nanak (Gurudwara)- 7.0 Km Eidgah Amlapur – Mosque -5.2 Km Masjid E Ejaz-6.2 Km Al-Farooq Masjid -5.9 Km

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 77 of 263

Jamia masjid amlapur Mosque -6.5Km

21. Areas containing important, highquality or scarce resources,(groundwater resources, surfaceresources, forestry, agriculture,fisheries, tourism, minerals)

Manjara river - 12.5 Km Karanja Reservoier-13.8 Km Bidar fort- 7.3 Km

22. Areas susceptible to naturalhazard which could cause theproject to present environmentalproblems, (earthquakes,subsidence, landslides, erosion orextreme or adverse climaticconditions)

This area is generally plain no prone to anynatural disasters. The area under study fallsin Zone-II, according to the Indian StandardSeismic Zoning Map. Suitable seismiccoefficients in horizontal and verticaldirections respectively, have to be adoptedwhile designing the structures.

3.5 Physical Conditions

wherever possible references to the conditions prevailing in the study area in

particular are also provided. The physical conditions are discussed as under:

District profile

Drainage, land use, geology, Physiography

Natural resources

Climatic conditions, seismic zone characteristics and natural hazards

3.6 PIA District Profile

The Bidar district is the northern most part of the Karnataka state with

geographical area of 5460 sq.km. It lies between 17°35’ and 18°29’ North

latitude and 76°41’ to 77°39’ East longitude. It is bounded by Nizamabad and

Medak districts of Andhra Pradesh state on the eastern side, Latur and

Osmanabad districts of Maharastra state on the western side, Nanded district

of Maharastra state on the northern side and Gulbarga district on southern

side.

The entire district forms a part of the Deccan Plateau and is made up mostly

of solidified lava. The northern part of the district is characterized by expanses

of level and treeless surface punctuated here and there by flat and undulating

hillocks, black soils and basaltic rocks. The southern half of the district is a

high plateau about 715 m above mean sea level and are well drained. The

average elevation of the district is between 580 to 610 m above mean sea

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 78 of 263

level. Alluvial deposit is normally found along the banks of the Manjra river

and its main tributaries.

3.6.1 Climatic Conditions

The district experiences semi-arid climate with extreme summer. The dust

storms and severe heat waves are common in the district between April and

May. The temperature begins to rise towards the end of February till May,

which is the hottest month of the year. Coldest months are December and

January. The temperature varies in the district between 20 ºC and 42 ºC.

The year in the district may be divided into summer season from March to

May, southwest monsoon season from June to September, post-monsoon

season from October to November and winter season from December to

February.

Generally, the monsoon sets in the month of June and reaches its climax in

the month of September. The rainfall generally is spread over 39 to 53 days.

Nearly 75% to 80% of the annual rainfall is during the period of Southwest

monsoon. A few showers are also received during the North- East Monsoon,

generally in the month of December.

Bidar district receives an average rainfall of 827 mm. The normal annual

rainfall over thedistrict ranges from 735 mm to 860 mm.

Source:Ground Water Information Booklet,Bidar District, Karnataka,2008

3.7 Natural Resources of Bidar PIA District

3.7.1 Flora & Fauna

Flora: The weeds and climber found in the forest of the district are not of

much economic value. Some different type of grass which grows in the area

are not of nutrient type for the cattle and therefore useful for thatching roof of

huts and houses. The minor forest produce consist tupra (beedi) leaves,

rousa grass, seetaphal, honey, wax, tamarind and mango fruits. The most

common shrubs are Bikke (Gardenia gummifera, Linn) and Gotti or Challe

(Ziziphus xylopyrus willd). They are mostly used for fencing the fields. The

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 79 of 263

following are the tree species found in the district: Acacia arabica (Jali or

babul), Tamarindus indica, linn (Hunase), Butea frondosa, Palash,

Anogeissus latifolia, wall (Dindiga), and Hardwickia binata.

Fauna: The scantiness of forest accounts for almost a total absence of

denizens of the forest that can be said to belong to the big game variety.

There is no tiger. Occasionally, leopard may be seen. Wolves are found in the

craggy portion of the undulating forest. As many as 30 varieties of bats are

found in the district. Heads of the small deer appears during winter. The more

important among the domesticated animals are the buffalo, the cow, the

sheep, the goat and the camel.Flora and fauna of PIA are discussed in

section 3.11.

3.7.2 Forest Resources

Forest areas of Bidar division are classified as Reserve forests, Protected

forests and Unclassified forests.Bidar Forest division is having 43,592 ha. of

Forest area including

Reserve Forests, Protected forests and Unclassified forests. This area is

about 8.5% of total geographical extent of the district.

3.7.3 Irrigation

In the district the irrigation takes place from surface water and ground water.

The surface water irrigation is through canals, tanks and from medium and

minor irrigation projects. Major irrigation dam has been constructed across the

Karanja river and medium irrigation dam constructed across Chukkenala and

Mullamari rivers. From ground water the irrigation is through dug wells, dug

cum bore wells and bore wells..

3.7.4 Agricultural Resources

The main occupation of the people in the district is agriculture and related

operations.

There are two main seasons in which agricultural practices are carried out.

The two seasons are Kharif and Rabi. Khariff season commences from June

and the crops are harvested in September. Rabi season commences from

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 80 of 263

September and crops harvested in Febuaray. Themain food crops are Jowar,

Paddy, Wheat, Bajra, Maize and pulses. Groundnut, sugarcane and cotton

are the cash crops.

Cereals- Paddy,Jowar,Bajra,Maize

Pulse- Wheat Black gram, Bengalgram,Green Gram and RedGram\Horticulture-Banana,Mango,Papaya,Grapes,Potato TomatoBrijal,

Cash Crop-Sugarcane,Cotton

Oil Seeds-Groundnut,Sunflower,Soyabean, Saflower,Sesame

Livestock- Livestock rearing plays an important role in the rural economy of

the district. It supplements family income from agriculture and also provides

employment. It is more vital wherever agricultural is predominant in the

society. Farmers are dependent on animal husbandry activities to utilize

agricultural by-products and crop residues to convert them into animal

products with good returns. Bullocks are more prized among the cattle since

they provide the necessary draught power required for agriculture.

3.7.5 Mineral Resources

The minerals found in the area are Bauxite, Kaolin and Red ochre. A deposit

of highly siliceous bauxite clay has been located about three kilometers south

of Basavakalyan. Similar deposits are noticed near Alwal and Kamthana

Villages of Bidar taluk. A large deposit of Kaolin islocated near Kamthana

village. Red ochre deposits are found near Sirsi and Aurad Village. Geology &

Minerals map of Karnataka is given in

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 81 of 263

Figure 3-1.

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 82 of 263

Figure 3-1: Geology & Minerals Map of Karnataka

Project Site

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 83 of 263

3.7.6 Land Use & Land Cover

The district has 5448.43 Sq.Km of total geographical area out of which

Forest,Deciduous 52.58 Sq.Km and .,Forest Plantation 27.36 Sq.Km of the

total area of district. Agriculture,Plantation 16.8 Sq.Km & Agriculture, Fallow

617.51 Sq.Km .Details of land use/land cover for the Bidar district are given in

Table 3-1and Figure 3-2. Land Use of Bidar (2011) is given in Figure 3-3.

Table 3-2: District land use/land cover statistics

S.No Division of Land Use/Land Cover Area inSq.Km

1. Builtup,Urban 36.36

2. Builtup,Mining 0.17

3. Agriculture,Plantation 16.8

4. Forest,Deciduous 52.58

5. Barren/unculturable/ Wastelands, Barren rocky 1.91

6. Wetlands/Water Bodies, Reservoir/Lakes/Ponds 51.48

7. Builtup,Rural 50.24

8. Agriculture,Crop land 4100.73

9. Agriculture,Fallow 617.51

10. Forest,Forest Plantation 27.36

11. Barren/unculturable/ Wastelands, Scrub land 393.36

12. Wetlands/Water Bodies, River/Stream/canals 38.35

Total 5448.43

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 84 of 263

Figure 3-2: Land Use Pattern in the PIA District

Figure 3-3:Land Use Map of Bidar district

3.7.7 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area

Total Project Study Area: 318 Sq.Km. Land Use pattern of the study area is given

in Table 3-3 Land Use Pattern of the study area is given in Error! Reference source

not found. LULC map of the Study area is given in Figure 3-5

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 85 of 263

Table 3-3:Land Use/Land Cover statistics of 10 Km radius of the Study Area

S.No Land Use Area inSq.Km

Area in

AcresArea in Ha Area in

Percentage

1. Cropland 166.21 41071 16621 52.27

2. Scrub land 58.32 14411 5832 18.34

3. Urban 25.16 6217.2 2516 7.91

4. Fallow land 24.25 5992.3 2425 7.63

5. Forest Plantation 14.59 3605.3 1459 4.59

6. Scrub Forest 15.08 3726.3 1508 4.74

7. Deciduous 6.59 1628.4 659 2.07

8. Rural 3.42 845.1 342 1.08

9. Reservoirs/ Lakes/Ponds 2.93 724.01 293 0.92

10. Plantation 1.24 306.41 124 0.39

11. Barren Rocky Area 0.17 42 17 0.05

12. River/ Stream/ Canals 0.04 9.88 4 0.01

318 78579 31800 100

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 85 of 263

Table 3-3:Land Use/Land Cover statistics of 10 Km radius of the Study Area

S.No Land Use Area inSq.Km

Area in

AcresArea in Ha Area in

Percentage

1. Cropland 166.21 41071 16621 52.27

2. Scrub land 58.32 14411 5832 18.34

3. Urban 25.16 6217.2 2516 7.91

4. Fallow land 24.25 5992.3 2425 7.63

5. Forest Plantation 14.59 3605.3 1459 4.59

6. Scrub Forest 15.08 3726.3 1508 4.74

7. Deciduous 6.59 1628.4 659 2.07

8. Rural 3.42 845.1 342 1.08

9. Reservoirs/ Lakes/Ponds 2.93 724.01 293 0.92

10. Plantation 1.24 306.41 124 0.39

11. Barren Rocky Area 0.17 42 17 0.05

12. River/ Stream/ Canals 0.04 9.88 4 0.01

318 78579 31800 100

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 85 of 263

Table 3-3:Land Use/Land Cover statistics of 10 Km radius of the Study Area

S.No Land Use Area inSq.Km

Area in

AcresArea in Ha Area in

Percentage

1. Cropland 166.21 41071 16621 52.27

2. Scrub land 58.32 14411 5832 18.34

3. Urban 25.16 6217.2 2516 7.91

4. Fallow land 24.25 5992.3 2425 7.63

5. Forest Plantation 14.59 3605.3 1459 4.59

6. Scrub Forest 15.08 3726.3 1508 4.74

7. Deciduous 6.59 1628.4 659 2.07

8. Rural 3.42 845.1 342 1.08

9. Reservoirs/ Lakes/Ponds 2.93 724.01 293 0.92

10. Plantation 1.24 306.41 124 0.39

11. Barren Rocky Area 0.17 42 17 0.05

12. River/ Stream/ Canals 0.04 9.88 4 0.01

318 78579 31800 100

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 86 of 263

Figure 3-4: Land Use Pattern of the Study Area

Figure 3-5:Land use/Land cover map of the Study Area

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 87 of 263

3.7.8 Topography

The entire district forms a part of the Deccan Plateau and is made up nmostly

of solidified lava. The northern part of the district is characterized by expanses

of level and treeless surface punctuated here and there by flat and undulating

hillocks, black soils and basaltic rocks. The southern half of the district is a

high plateau about 715 m above mean sea level and are well drained. The

average elevation of the district is between 580 to 610 m above mean sea

level. Alluvial deposit is normally found along the banks of the Manjra river

and its main tributaries. The project site fall under an elevation of 600 m

above the mean sea level. and the study area contours vary from 560 m to

680m above MSL. From the project site the high elevations were observed

towards South South East direction and the lowest contours wereobserved in

North and NE direction. While the remaining areas showed variations

withrespect to contours.Physiography map of Karnataka state is given in

Figure 3-7 Contour map/Physiography map of project site is given in Figure3-7. Topo map of the study area is given in Figure 3-8

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 88 of 263

Figure 3-6: Physiography map of Karnataka State

Project Site

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 89 of 263

Figure 3-7: Contour/Physiography map of Study Area

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 90 of 263

Figure 3-8: Topo map of the study area

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 91 of 263

3.7.9 Geology of the PIA District

The district is entirely covered by the Deccan trap flows of tertiary period. The

Deccan traps are composed of horizontal flows of basaltic lava. They

generally form flat topped hillocks and terrace like features. The physical

characteristics of individual flow show considerable variation. Some flows are

hard and massive, while others are weathered, soft and friable. The top layers

of the Deccan trap in parts of Bidar are altered to reddish vesicular laterite

forming extensive undulating plateau. The entire study area is covered by the

Laterite formation. Geology map of the PIA district is given in Figure 3-9

Figure 3-9: Geology Map of PIA District

3.7.10 Geomorphology of PIA District

The southern high lands are popularly known as Bidar plateau, which is

made up of laterite. The ground altitudes are varying from 420 to 684 m above

MSL.Bidar plateau has an elevation range from 640 to 684 m above MSL.

The ground surface is flat,gently sloping forming broad valleys and flat topped

Project Site

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 92 of 263

hills. Flat topped hills with Step like sidesexhibit the terraced landscape.

Geomorphology Map of study area is given in Figure 3-10 which shows that

major part of the study area is covered by Denudational Origin -

Pediment/Pediplain Complex 76.59%, Structural Origin- Moderately Dissected

Lower Plateau 17.85%, Structural Origin- Highely Dissected Lower Plateau

5.47% and Water Bodies/Tanks 0.09%

Figure 3-10: Geomorphology Map of Study area

3.7.11 Hydrogeology of PIA District

The proposed project site is in Kolhar Industrial area and its surroundings are

covered with Laterite formation. The thickness of laterite formation varies 15m

bgl to 45m bgl, below which Deccan Basalt is encountered. On account high

porosity and substantial thickness of laterite, rainwater percolates rapidly and

g ets stored in the aquifer. Runoff is greatly reduced due to the flat nature of

the topography. Generally ground water in laterite formation occurs in water

table condition where as in Deccan Basalts it occurs under semi confined to

confined condition in bore wells. Open wells as well as bore wells are

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 93 of 263

common in the area. The depth of the dug wells range from 7.0 to 12.0 m bgl

depending upon the topographic location. Depth to water level ranges from 8

to 10 m bgl during pre-monsoon period and i t ranges 3 to 7 m bgl during the

post monsoon period. It is reported that in lateritic formation during the rainy

season ground water levels rise up to 1 to 2m bgl and in some cases the wells

overflow. However during summer season shallow open w ells in laterite

formation go dry. Deep open wells sustain pumping for 4 to 6 hour s in a

day during rainy season & winter season, one to three hours during summer

season. The laterite aquifer around Bidar town is having more thickness(60m

bgl) and al so potential in ground water point of view relatively.

Specific Capacity of open wells varies widely from 3 to 260 liters per minute

per meter of draw down. Generally drinking water supply and agriculture bore

wells having depth range of 100 to 150 m bgl are common in the area. Casing

of the bore well is lowered up t o the depth of 30 to 40 m bgl covering entire

thickness of laterite to avoid collapse of bore well. Success of the bore wells

depends upon the number of basalt flows encountered in the bore well and

the thickness of the vesicular basalt in each flow. Yield of bore wells range

from meager to 5.0 liters/second. Hydrogeology of Bidar District is given in

Figure 3-11. The geology of Project Site covers of alluvium and having an

yield upto 5 litres per second.

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 94 of 263

Figure 3-11: Hydrogeology Map of PIA district

3.7.12 Drainage Pattern in PIA District

The drainage pattern in the district varies from sub-dendritic to dendritic and

some streams have a sub parallel drainage to the main river. Major parts of

the district are covered by Godavari basin, drained by its twomajor tributaries

the Manjara and the Karanja Rivers. The Manjara River is Perennial River

Project Site

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 95 of 263

flows over a distance of 155 km in the central parts of the district and flow

easterndirection with a meandering course. The Karanja River flows in

northern-westerndirection for 74km with Karanja reservoir being major water

source. The river Mullamari takes its origin near Matala village of

Basavakalyan taluk flows from west toeast length of 38 Sqkm and then flows

into Gulbarga district and joins the river Kagna. The Kagna River is one of the

main tributary of Bhima river. Besides, there are severalstreams, which are of

ephemeral in nature. The drainage pattern in the district varies from sub-

dendritic to dendritic and some streams have a sub parallel drainage to

themain river. Drainage map of the study area showing 10Km is given in

Figure 3-12

Figure 3-12: Drainage Map of the Study area

3.7.13 Soils in PIA District

The two important types of soils noticed in the district are black soils and

lateritic soils. Black Soils: Major parts of the district are comprised of black

soils and are derived from Deccan traps. These are deep black in colour and

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 96 of 263

their texture varies from loam to clay. Lime concentration in his soil is high

resulting in poor infiltration capacities. Their infiltration characteristics are poor

to moderate. This type of soils covers mainly in areas lying below 610 m

contour and along the valley portions.

Lateritric Soils: A Latertic soil is confined to the central portion of the district.

Latertic soils are pale to bright red in colour and clay to clayey loam in nature.

This soil has moderate to good infiltration characteristics. This type of soils

covers mainly in areas lying above 610 m contour.

The study falls in the soil order of Entisols and Vertisols type. They are in

semiarid to moist ares. They formed primarily under forest or mixed vegetative

cover and are productive for most crops. Entisols are commonly found at the

site of recently deposited materials (e.g., alluvium), or in parent materials

resistant to weathering (e.g. sand). Entisol soils also occur in areas where a

very dry or cold climate limits soil profile development. Productivity potential of

Entisols varies widely, from very productive alluvial soils found on floodplains,

to low fertility/productivity soils found on steep slopes or in sandy areas.

Vertisols are usually very dark in color, with widely variable organic matter

content (1 – 6%). They typically form in Ca and Mg rich materials such as

limestone, basalt, or in areas of topographic depressions that collect these

elements leached from uplands. Vertisols are most commonly formed in

warm, subhumid or semi-arid climates, where the natural vegetation is

predominantly grass, savanna, open forest, or desert shrub. Soil Map of

Karnataka is given in Figure 3-13

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 97 of 263

Figure 3-13: Soil Map of Karnataka State

3.7.14 Cyclones & Depressions, Winds and Coastal Erosion in PIADistrict

Karnataka state has been confronting various natural hazards. The coastal

districts namely Dakshina Kannada, Udupi, Uttara Kannada with a coastal line

of 322 kms and coastal population of 43.64 Lakhs are under the direct threat

of cyclones and severe cyclones originating in Arabian Sea and indirect attack

of cyclones originating along the Eastern coastline. Almost all the districts in

Project SiteProject Site

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 98 of 263

Karnataka are facing the brunt of moderate to severe floods. Floods are

associated with cloud bursts, cyclones or depressions in the Bay of Bengal

and Arabian Sea. The floods are quite common in the following districts; viz 8

Belgaum, Bijapur, Bagalkote, Raichur, Gulbarga, Shimaoga, Chikkamagalur,

Udupi, Coorg, Bellary, Dakshina Kannada, Dharwad, Davanagere, Gadag,

Hassan, Uttara Kannada, Koppal, Bidar, Bangalore ( R ), Bangalore(U), Kolar,

Mandya, Mysore, Chamarajanagar. The State has been placed under

Category (II) A - Low Vulnerability along with other states of Maharashtra,

Kerala and Tamil Nadu. As per Karnataka wind hazard map Bidar district is

falling under Moderate damage risk zone. Karnataka wind Hazard Map is

given in Figure 3-14

Project Site

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 98 of 263

Karnataka are facing the brunt of moderate to severe floods. Floods are

associated with cloud bursts, cyclones or depressions in the Bay of Bengal

and Arabian Sea. The floods are quite common in the following districts; viz 8

Belgaum, Bijapur, Bagalkote, Raichur, Gulbarga, Shimaoga, Chikkamagalur,

Udupi, Coorg, Bellary, Dakshina Kannada, Dharwad, Davanagere, Gadag,

Hassan, Uttara Kannada, Koppal, Bidar, Bangalore ( R ), Bangalore(U), Kolar,

Mandya, Mysore, Chamarajanagar. The State has been placed under

Category (II) A - Low Vulnerability along with other states of Maharashtra,

Kerala and Tamil Nadu. As per Karnataka wind hazard map Bidar district is

falling under Moderate damage risk zone. Karnataka wind Hazard Map is

given in Figure 3-14

Project Site

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 98 of 263

Karnataka are facing the brunt of moderate to severe floods. Floods are

associated with cloud bursts, cyclones or depressions in the Bay of Bengal

and Arabian Sea. The floods are quite common in the following districts; viz 8

Belgaum, Bijapur, Bagalkote, Raichur, Gulbarga, Shimaoga, Chikkamagalur,

Udupi, Coorg, Bellary, Dakshina Kannada, Dharwad, Davanagere, Gadag,

Hassan, Uttara Kannada, Koppal, Bidar, Bangalore ( R ), Bangalore(U), Kolar,

Mandya, Mysore, Chamarajanagar. The State has been placed under

Category (II) A - Low Vulnerability along with other states of Maharashtra,

Kerala and Tamil Nadu. As per Karnataka wind hazard map Bidar district is

falling under Moderate damage risk zone. Karnataka wind Hazard Map is

given in Figure 3-14

Project Site

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 99 of 263

Figure 3-14: Wind Hazard Map of Karnataka

3.7.15 Seismicity

As per the IS:1893 (Part-1) 2002 of Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS), the

project location/study area falls in semi-arid region and the climate of the area

is generally hot .The project site and surrounding study region falls in Zone II

– Least active to Seismic Intensity. The seismicity map of India is shown in

Figure 3-15

Figure 3-15: Seismicity Map of India

Project Site

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 100 of 263

3.8 Air Environment

Baseline ambient air quality assessment gives the status in the vicinity of site

and is an indispensable part of environmental impact assessment studies.

Significant changes, in predominant winds and weather conditions are

observed in winter, summer and post-monsoon seasons apart from the local

topographic influences. The baseline status of air environment in the study

area is assessed through a systematic air quality surveillance programme

3.8.1 Meteorological Conditions

The regional air quality is influenced by the meteorology of that region. The

principal weather parameters that influence the concentration of the air

pollutants in the surroundings are wind speed, wind direction and

temperature. The meteorological data is useful for proper interpretation of the

baseline data. It is used as input for air quality dispersion models for

predicting the post project environmental scenario i.e. ground level

concentrations due to proposed utilities like boiler & DG sets, etc.

3.8.2 Meteorological Data Collection

Available secondary data pertaining to the meteorological parameters was

obtained from the IMD Climatalogical tables. In addition, baseline

meteorological data (primary data) was generated during the Post-monsoon

Season (December 2016 - February 2017). The methodology adopted for

monitoring surface observations is as per the standard norms laid down by

Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) i.e. IS:8829 and Indian Meteorological

Department (IMD).

3.8.3 General Meteorological Scenario based on IMD Data

The nearest Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) station located to project

site is Bangalore. The Climatological data for Bidar(17 32’ N and 77o 32’ E),

published by the IMD, based on daily observations at 08:30 and 17:30 hour

IST for a 30 year period, is presented in the following sections on the

meteorological conditions of the region. The monthly variations of the relevant

meteorological parameters are reproduced in Table 3-4. Windrose drawn for

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 101 of 263

various seasons as per secondary data collected (Jan 2016 - Dec 2016,

wunderground ) are given in Figure 3-16

Table 3-4: Climatological Summary – Bidar Region (1971-2000)

Month

Temp (oC) Rainfall(mm)

RelativeHumidity

(%)

StationLevel

PressurehPa

MeanWindSpee

d(m/s)

Predominant WindDirections

(From)*

Daily

Max.

Daily

Min.Total

No.of

days

08:30

17:30

08:30

17:30 08:30 17:30

Jan28.

6

16.

36.5 0.4 64 41 15.1 14.2 2.4 SW NE

Feb31.

6

18.

55.3 0.6 56 34 15.0 14.3 2.6 SW NE

Mar35.

3

22.

010.4 0.9 48 31 16.2 16.0 2.6 SW NE

Apr37.

8

24.

523.7 2.0 48 32 19.3 18.0 2.8 SW NE

May38.

8

25.

528.5 3.1 55 37 22.9 21.1 3.4 NW NW

Jun33.

4

23.

0135.8 8.3 78 58 25.6 24.4 5.0 SW SW

Jul29.

8

21.

7191.4

11.

184 66 24.9 24.3 5.2 SW SW

Aug28.

7

21.

3213.3

11.

985 70 24.4 24.5 4.5 SW W

Sep29.

9

21.

5148.4 8.3 81 66 24.2 23.6 3.0 NW NW

Oct30.

1

20.

7104.4 5.7 71 56 21.6 19.9 2.2 NE NE

Nov28.

4

18.

132.1 1.4 64 49 17.6 16.5 2.3 NE NE

Dec27.

5

15.

95.1 0.5 62 43 14.9 13.8 2.3 SE NE

Max. 38.8

25.5 213.3 11.

9 85 70 25.6 24.4 5.2

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 102 of 263

Month

Temp (oC) Rainfall(mm)

RelativeHumidity

(%)

StationLevel

PressurehPa

MeanWindSpee

d(m/s)

Predominant WindDirections

(From)*

Daily

Max.

Daily

Min.Total

No.of

days

08:30

17:30

08:30

17:30 08:30 17:30

Min.27.

5

15.

95.1 0.4 48 31 14.9 13.8 2.2

Avg.29.

4

18.

2-

55.

782 53 20.8 18.1 3.2

As per the above Climatological table the observations drawn for the study period

are the following.

Daily maximum temperature during the study period is 31.6oC in the months

of February and the daily minimum temperature is 27.5oC in the months of

December were recorded respectively

Maximum and minimum relative humidity of 64% and 34% were recorded in the

months of Jaunary and Febuary respectively

Maximum and minimum rainfall of 6.5 mm and 5.1mm was recorded in the

months of December and Jaunary respectivelyTotal rainfall recorded during the

study period is 5.6 mm

Maximum and minimum Mean wind speed during the study period is 2.6 m/s in

the months of February and 2.3 m/s in the months of December. From the above

it is noticed that annual predominant wind pattern is from South West to North

East.

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 103 of 263

Summer –(March-May) Monsoon –(June-September)

Post Monsoon-(October –December) Winter –(January-February)

Figure 3-16: Windrose drawn for various seasons (Jan 2016 - Dec 2016)

(Source: www.wunderground.com)

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 104 of 263

Figure 3-17: Annual Windrose (Jan 2016 - Dec 2016)(Source: www.wunderground.com

3.8.4 Meteorological Scenario during Study Period

Meteorological scenario in and around the project site is an essential

requirement during study period for proper interpretation of baseline air quality

status. Meteorological data was collected for the study period; winter season

(December 2016 - February 2017).The wind rose of the study period is given

in Figure 3-18

December 2016 January 2017

W

E

S

N

SW SE

NW NE

2.42%

2.42%

2.42

%

2.42

%

4.84%

4.84%

4.84

%

4.84

%

7.26%

7.26%

7.26

%

7.26

%

9.68%

9.68%

9.68

%

9.68

%

12.10%

12.10%

12.1

0%

12.1

0%

14.52%

14.52%

14.5

2%

14.5

2%

16.94%

16.94%

16.9

4%

16.9

4%

19.35%

19.35%

19.3

5%

19.3

5%

W

E

S

N

SW SE

NW NE

3.63%

3.63%

3.63

%

3.63

%

7.26%

7.26%

7.26

%

7.26

%

10.89%

10.89%

10.8

9%

10.8

9%

14.52%

14.52%

14.5

2%

14.5

2%

18.15%

18.15%

18.1

5%

18.1

5%

21.77%

21.77%

21.7

7%

21.7

7%

25.40%

25.40%

25.4

0%

25.4

0%

29.03%

29.03%

29.0

3%

29.0

3%

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 105 of 263

February 2017

Figure 3-18: Specific Wind rose for the Study Period

3.8.4.1 Atmospheric Inversion

Atmospheric inversion level at the project site was monitored; the results

observed at the site during the study period are as follows

Average atmospheric temperature : 23 0C

Average Relative humidity : 48 %

Average Wind speed : 0.83 m/s

The daily inversion level calculated based on the average temperature and

average wind speed at the project site and the maximum inversion height is

derived by the graph plotted based on the average temperature and average

wind speed. The daily inversion level at the project site varies from 50 m to

1750 m during 6 AM to 6 PM, the maximum recorded at 5 PM, December

2016. This is shown in Figure 3-19

W

E

S

N

SW SE

NW NE

2.23%

2.23%

2.23

%

2.23

%

4.46%

4.46%

4.46

%

4.46

%

6.70%

6.70%

6.70

%

6.70

%

8.93%

8.93%8.

93%

8.93

%

11.16%

11.16%

11.1

6%

11.1

6%

13.39%

13.39%

13.3

9%

13.3

9%

15.63%

15.63%

15.6

3%

15.6

3%

17.86%

17.86%

17.8

6%

17.8

6%

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 106 of 263

Figure 3-19: Hourly variation of the mixing heights

3.8.4.2 Site Specific Meteorological data during Study Period

The Site Specific meteorological data of study period was used for

interpretation of baseline status and to simulate the meteorological conditions

for prediction of impacts in modeling studies. Site Specific Meteorology Data

for Study Period (December 2016 - February 2017) is provided in Table 3-5.

Table 3-5 : Meteorology Data for Study Period (December 2016 - February2017)

S. No Parameter Observation

1. Temperature

Min Temperature : 20 0C

Max Temperature : 28 0C

Avg Temperature : 23.40C

2. Relative Humidity Range 24 to 77%

3. Average Wind Speed 1.3 m/s

4.Predominant WindDirection

Dec 2016 - ENE to ESE

Jan 2017 - ESE

Feb 2017 – SSE to S

3.8.5 Ambient Air Quality

The selection criteria for monitoring locations are based on the following:

Topography/Terrain

Meteorological conditions

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 107 of 263

Residential and sensitive areas within the study area

Representatives of regional background air quality/pollution levels and

Representation of likely impacted areas

3.8.5.1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

To evaluate the baseline air quality of the study area, Eight (08) monitoring

locations has been identified as per IMD Climatological data-Bidar Region

(1971-2000).The annual wind predominant is from South West to North East.

A map showing the monitoring locations is given in Figure 3-30 and the

details of the locations are given in Table 3-6

Table 3-6: Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

StationCode Location Type of

WindGeographicalCoordinates

Distance (km)from Project

boundaryAzimuth

Directions

A1 Project Site- 17°54'30.57"N

77°27'49.23"E-

A2 Naubad D/W17°56'1.23"N

77°28'43.67"E2.1 NNE

A3NorthShivanagar D/W

17°55'39.77"N

77°30'1.17"E3.1 NE

A4 Bidar C/W17°55'12.55"N

77°31'11.14"E4.2 ENE

A5 Bage Shahi C/W17°53'15.09"N

77°30'36.45"E3.8 ESE

A6 Kamthana U/W17°51'22.44"N

77°27'0.54"E3.7 SSW

A7 Andur C/W17°54'44.83"N

77°24'33.10"E3.0 W

A8 Kolaar C/W17°54'59.89"N

77°26'54.88"E0.68 NW

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 108 of 263

3.8.5.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Techniques and Frequency

Ambient air quality was monitored twice in a week for One (01) season (shall

cover 12 weeks), i.e. during Winter season (December 2016 - February

2017). PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, Pb, NH3 , C6H6, C20 H12, As, Ni, were

monitored on 24 hourly basis and O3 and CO were monitored on eight hourly

basis and VOC, Cl, HCl, HBr & H2S are monitored on 2 hrly basis. Sampling

was carried out as per Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) monitoring

guidelines at each location. Analytical methods used for analysis of

parameters are given in Table 3-7

Table 3-7: Analytical Methods for Analysis of Ambient Air Quality Parameters

S.No Parameters Analytical method NAAQ standards: 2009 SamplingTime

1. Sulphur Dioxide(SO2), μg/m3

IS:5182(Part-2):2001(Reaff:2006) 50 (Annual) 80(24

Hours) 24 Hours

2. Nitrogen Dioxide(NO2), μg/m3

IS: 5182 (Part - 6):2006 40 (Annual) 80 (24

Hours) 24 Hours

3. Particulate Matter(PM2.5), μg/m3

IS: 5182 (Part - 23):2006 40 (Annual) 60 (24

hours) 24 Hours

4. Particulate Matter(PM10), μg/m3

IS:5182 (Part– 23):2006 60 (Annual) 100 (24

hours) 24 Hours

5. CO mg/m3 IS:5182(Part–10):1999 (Reaff:2006) 2 (8 hours) 4 (1hour) 8 Hours

6. Pb μg/m3IS:5182(Part–22):2004 (Reaff:2006) 0.5(Annual) 1(24 hours) 24 Hours

7. O3, μg/m3 IS: 5182 (Part – 9):1974 100(8hours) 180 (1hour) 8 Hours

8. NH3, μg/m3APHA(air) 2nd edition(Indophenol-bluemethod)

100(Annual) 400(24hours)

8 Hours

9. Benzene, μg/m3IS:5182(Part–11):1999(RA:2009)

5 (Annual) 5 (Annual) 24 Hours

10. Benzo (a)pyrene, ng/m3

IS:5182(Part–12):2004(RA:2009) 1 (Annual) 1 (Annual) 24 Hours

11. Arsenic, ng/ m3 APHA (air) 2nd edition 6 (Annual) 6 (Annual) 24 Hours

12.Volatile OrganicCompounds(ppm)

PID (Photo-IonizationDetection) Method -- -- 2 Hours

13. Chlorine (µg/m3) IS 5182 (part19):1982(Ref 2003) -- -- 2 Hours

14. Hydrochloric acid(µg/m3) NIOSH Method -- -- 2 Hours

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 109 of 263

15. Hydrobromic acid(µg/m3) NIOSH Method -- -- 2 Hours

16. Hydrogensulphide (µg/m3)

IS 5182 (part 7) :1973(Ref 2003) -- -- 2 Hours

17. Hydrogenfluoride (µg/m3) NIOSH Method -- -- 2 Hours

3.8.5.3 Results and DiscussionsThe variations of the pollutants PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, CO, Pb, O3 , NH3 ,

C6H6, C20 H12, As, Ni, VOC, Cl, HCl, HBr & H2S are compared with National

Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS), MoEF&CC Notification, November,

2009. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Data (December 2016 - February 2017)

for the study area is given in Table 3-8 to Table 3-15 and trends of measured

ambient concentrations in the study area were graphically represented in

Figure 3-20 to Figure 3-24

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 110 of 263

Table 3-8: Summary of the average baseline concentrations of pollutants

S.No LocationName

SO2(µg/m3)

NO2(µg/m3)

PM10(µg/m3

PM2.5(µg/m3

Pb(µg/m3)

CO(mg/m3) O3

(µg/m3)NH3

(µg/m3)Benzen(µg/m3)

Benzo (a)pyrene(ng/m3)

Arsenic(As)(ng/m3)

Nickel (Ni)(ng/m3)

1. Project Site11.1 24.9 60.4 27.1

BDL

(DL0.05)0.55

BDL

(DL 10)

BDL

(DL 5)

BDL

(DL 1)

BDL

(DL 1)

BDL

(DL 2)

BDL

(DL 10)

2. Naubad 13.9 17.5 52.5 24.63BDL

(DL0.05)0.54

BDL

(DL 10)

BDL

(DL 5)

BDL

(DL 1)

BDL

(DL 1)

BDL

(DL 2)

BDL

(DL 10)

3. NorthShivanagar 15.2 21.1 58.5 23.27

BDL

(DL0.05)0.47

BDL

(DL 10)

BDL

(DL 5)

BDL

(DL 1)

BDL

(DL 1)

BDL

(DL 2)

BDL

(DL 10)

4. Bidar 12.6 25.4 47.8 22.67BDL

(DL0.05)0.48

BDL

(DL 10)

BDL

(DL 5)

BDL

(DL 1)

BDL

(DL 1)

BDL

(DL 2)

BDL

(DL 10)

5. Bage Shahi 18.4 24.5 61.2 20.31BDL

(DL0.05)0.4

BDL

(DL 10)

BDL

(DL 5)

BDL

(DL 1)

BDL

(DL 1)

BDL

(DL 2)

BDL

(DL 10)

6. Kamthana 13.2 19.8 59.8 23.75BDL

(DL0.05)0.5

BDL

(DL 10)

BDL

(DL 5)

BDL

(DL 1)

BDL

(DL 1)

BDL

(DL 2)

BDL

(DL 10)

7. Andur 13.0 22.9 62.4 24.6BDL

(DL0.05)0.47

BDL

(DL 10)BDL

(DL 5)

BDL

(DL 1)

BDL

(DL 1)

BDL

(DL 2)

BDL

(DL 10)

8. Kolaar 12.4 16.5 48.6 25BDL

(DL0.05)0.43

BDL

(DL 10)

BDL

(DL 5)

BDL

(DL 1)

BDL

(DL 1)

BDL

(DL 2)

BDL

(DL 10)

Note: BDL (Below detectable limit), DL (Detectable limit)

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 111 of 263

Table 3-9: Summary of the average baseline concentrations of pollutants

S.No LocationName

VolatileOrganic

Compounds (ppm)

Chlorine(µg/m3)

Hydrochloricacid (µg/m3)

Hydrobromicacid (µg/m3)

Hydrogensulphide(µg/m3)

Hydrogenfluoride(µg/m3)

1 Project Site BDL(0.1) BDL(DL 145)

BDL(DL140)

BDL(DL 35)

BDL(DL6)

BDL

(DL350)

2 Naubad BDL(0.1) BDL(DL 145)

BDL(DL 140)

BDL(DL 35)

BDL(DL 6)

BDL

(DL 350)

3 NorthShivanagar BDL(0.1) BDL

(DL 145)BDL

(DL 140)BDL

(DL 35)BDL

(DL 6)

BDL

(DL 350)

4 Bidar BDL(0.1) BDL(DL 145)

BDL(DL 140)

BDL(DL 35)

BDL(DL 6)

BDL

(DL 350)

5 Bage Shahi 1.33 BDL(DL 145)

BDL(DL 140)

BDL(DL 35)

BDL(DL 6)

BDL

(DL 350)

6 Kamthana BDL(0.1) BDL(DL145)

BDL(DL 140)

BDL(DL 35)

BDL(DL 6)

BDL

(DL 350)

7 Andur BDL(0.1) BDL(DL 145)

BDL(DL 140)

BDL(DL 35)

BDL(DL 6)

BDL

(DL 350)

8 Kolaar 2.4 BDL(DL 145)

BDL(DL 140)

BDL(DL 35)

BDL(DL 6)

BDL

(DL 350)

Note: BDL (Below detectable limit), DL (Detectable limit)

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 112 of 263

Table 3-10: Ambient PM10 Monitoring Data

S.NO Location NamePM10 Concentration µg/m³

Minimumµg/m3

Maximum,µg/m3

Average,µg/m3

98thPercentile

1 Project Site 48.3 65.4 60.4 65.0

2 Naubad 46.5 58.6 52.5 57.8

3 North Shivanagar 48.3 63.5 58.5 63.4

4 Bidar 44.6 52.3 47.8 52.0

5 Bage Shahi 53.2 63.5 61.2 63.5

6 Kamthana 52.6 63.5 59.8 63.5

7 Andur 58.5 65.4 62.4 65.4

8 Kolaar 44.6 54.6 48.6 54.0

Figure 3-20: Trends of Measured Ambient PM10 Concentrations in the StudyArea

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 113 of 263

Table 3-11: Ambient PM2.5 Monitoring Data

S.No Location NamePM2.5 Concentration, µg/m3

Minimumµg/m3

Maximum,µg/m3

Average,µg/m3

98thPercentile

1 Project Site 24.6 32.3 27.2 31.2

2 Naubad 20.8 26.9 24.6 26.9

3 NorthShivanagar 20.1 25.6 23.2 25.5

4 Bidar 18.4 26.9 22.6 26.7

5 Bage Shahi 17.6 23.1 20.3 23.1

6 Kamthana 18.4 28.5 23.8 28.5

7 Andur 18.4 25.6 22.6 25.5

8 Kolaar 21.3 27.4 25.1 27.2

Figure 3-21: Trends of Measured Ambient PM2.5 Concentrations in the StudyArea

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 114 of 263

Table 3-12 : Ambient SO2 Monitoring Data

S.No Location NameSO2 Concentration, µg/m3

Minimumµg/m3

Maximum,µg/m3

Average,µg/m3

98thPercentile

1 Project Site 8.4 14.5 11.2 14.5

2 Naubad 7.8 24.5 13.9 22.6

3NorthShivanagar 11.0 18.7 15.2 18.2

4 Bidar 7.8 19.7 12.6 19.2

5 Bage Shahi 13.8 23.0 18.4 22.3

6 Kamthana 6.5 19.7 13.2 19.6

7 Andur 7.8 18.7 12.8 18.7

8 Kolaar 7.8 16.4 12.4 16.0

Figure 3-22: Trends of Measured Ambient SO2 Concentrations in the StudyArea

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 115 of 263

Table 3-13: Ambient NO2 Monitoring Data

S.No Location Name

NO2 Concentration, µg/m3

Minimumµg/m3

Maximumµg/m3

Averageµg/m3

98thPercentile

1 Project Site 19.5 31.2 24.9 30.8

2 Naubad 11.6 23.6 17.5 23.5

3 North Shivanagar 17.8 25.6 21.1 25.5

4 Bidar 23.2 29.1 25.4 29.0

5 Bage Shahi 20.8 26.9 24.5 26.9

6 Kamthana 14.5 23.5 19.8 23.3

7 Andur 15.6 26.9 22.9 26.9

8 Kolaar 12.4 19.2 16.5 19.0

Figure 3-23: Trends of Measured Ambient NO2 Concentrations in the StudyArea

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 116 of 263

Table 3-14: Ambient Carbon Monoxide (CO) Monitoring Data

S.No Location NameCO Concentration, mg/m3

Minimummg/m3

Maximummg/m3

Averagemg/m3

98thPercentile

1 Project Site 0.10 0.90 0.55 0.90

2 Naubad 0.20 1.30 0.54 1.25

3 North Shivanagar 0.20 0.80 0.47 0.80

4 Bidar 0.20 0.80 0.48 0.80

5 Bage Shahi 0.10 0.80 0.44 0.80

6 Kamthana 0.10 1.30 0.51 1.21

7 Andur 0.10 1.10 0.47 1.01

8 Kolaar 0.10 0.90 0.43 0.90

Note: - BDL = Below Detectable Limit

Figure 3-24: Trends of Measured Ambient CO Concentrations in the StudyArea

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 117 of 263

Table 3-15: Ambient Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) Monitoring Data

S.No Location Name

VOC Concentration, µg/m3

Minimumµg/m3

Maximumµg/m3

Averageµg/m3

98th Percentile

1 Project Site BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1)

2 Naubad BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1)

3 North Shivanagar BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1)

4 Bidar BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1)

5 Bage Shahi 0.05 3.00 1.30 3.00

6 Kamthana BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1)

7 Andur BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1)

8 Kolaar 0.05 4.60 2.44 4.55

Note: - BDL = Below Detectable Limit

3.8.5.4 Observations

Maximum concentrations of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, CO, Pb, O3 , NH3 , C6H6,

C20 H12, As, Ni, VOC, Cl, HCl, HBr & H2S are well within the National Ambient

Air Quality Standards for Industrial, Commercial and Residential areas at all

monitoring locations during the study period

3.9 Noise Environment

The prevailing ambient noise level at a particular location is nothing but the

resultant (total) of all kinds of noise sources existing at various distances

around that location. The ambient noise level at a location varies continuously

depending on the type of surrounding activities.

Ambient noise levels have been established by monitoring noise levels at

eight (08) locations in and around 10Km distance from project area during,

December 2016-Febuary 2017 using precision noise level meter. The noise

monitoring locations in the study area were selected after giving due

consideration to the various land use categories. The land use categories

include commercial, residential, rural and sensitive areas. Noise levels were

recorded on an hourly basis for one complete day at each location using pre-

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 118 of 263

calibrated noise levels. A map showing the monitoring locations is given as

Figure 3-30 Results and Discussions

Based on the recorded hourly noise levels at each monitoring location, the

day equivalent (Ld) and night equivalent (Ln) were calculated;

Ld: Average noise levels between 6:00 hours to 22.00 hours.

Ln: Average noise levels between 22:00 hours to 6.00 hours.

The Day-Night (Ldn) equivalent noise levels were calculated using the US

Environmental Protection Agency formula:

Ldn = 10 Log [0.0416 {16 (10Ld/10) + 8 (10Ln+10/10)}]

The comparison of day equivalent noise levels (Ld) and night equivalent noise

levels (Ln) with the respective CPCB stipulated noise standards for various

land use categories are shown in the Table 3-16.

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 119 of 263

Table 3-16: Day and Night Equivalent Noise Levels

S. No Location LocationCode

Distance(km) from

Projectboundary

Azimuth

Direction

Noise level indB(A) Leq CPCB Standard Environm

entalSettingDay Night Lday

(Ld)LNight

(Ln)

1. .Project Site N1 - - 77.5 73.1 75 70 Industrial

2. Naubad N2 2.1 NNE 58.4 50.6 55 45 Residential

3. NorthShivanagar N3 3.1 NE 58.6 46.4 55 45 Residential

4. Bidar N4 4.2 ENE 58.0 53.6 55 45 Residential

5. Bage Shahi N5 3.8 ESE 64.5 58.0 55 45 Residential

6. Kamthana N6 3.7 SSW 53.8 48.1 75 70 Industrial

7. Andur N7 3.0 W 53.9 48.9 55 45 Residential

8. Kolaar N8 0.68 NW 78.2 72.5 75 70 Industrial

3.9.1 Observations

Day equivalent noise levels (Ld) ranged between 53.8 dB(A) to 78.2 dB

(A)

Night equivalent noise levels (Ln) ranged between 46.4 dB (A) to 73.1 dB

(A).

The field observations during the study period indicate that the ambient noise

levels in both Industrial area and in Residential area noise are slightly

exceeded the limit prescribed by MoEF & CC.

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 120 of 263

3.10 Water Environment

3.10.1 Surface Water Resources

The district has two river basins, the Godavari and the Krishna. Major parts of

the district are covered by Godavari basin, drained by its two major tributaries

the Manjra and the Karanja Rivers. The Godavari basin extends to over 4,411

Km2 of which Manjra covers up to 1,989 Km2 and Karanja up to 2,422 Km2.

The Manjra River is Perennial River flows over a distance of 155 Km in the

central part of the district and flows in eastern direction with a meandering

course. Mainly the source of water in the region is from the groundwater.

There only few water bodies within the study area. There are no Perennial

River flows within the study area. Photographs of existing major water bodies

are given in Figure 3-25

Figure 3-25: surface water sampling Photographs

3.10.1.1 Surface Water Quality Assessment

To establish the baseline status of water environment, the existing

representative sampling locations for surface water within a radial distance of

10Km from project site have been selected as per CPCB guidelines of Water

Quality Monitoring through an adequate survey of the project area. Test

Bomgondeswarkare lake Near Mahamdapur

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 121 of 263

methods used for the analysis of water quality parameters is given in Table3-17

Table 3-17: Test methods used for the analysis of water quality parameters

S. No Parameter Measured Test Method

1. pH (at 25°C) IS:3025 (Part - 11): 1983 (Reaff: 2006)2. Electrical Conductivity IS:3025 (Part - 14): 1983 (Reaff: 2006)3. Color IS:3025 (Part- 4) 1983 (Reaff 2006)4. Total Hardness as CaCO3 IS:3025 (Part - 21) 1983 (Reaff 2006)5. Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 IS:3025,1 (Part - 23) 1986 (Reaff 2009)6. Cadmium IS:3025 (Part 41) 19917. Chloride as Cl IS:3025 (Part - 32) 1988(Reaff 2009)8. Total Dissolved Solids IS:3025:1(Part - 16) 1984 (Reaff 2006)9. Aluminium as Al IS:3025 (Part - 55) 2003 (Reaff 2009)10. Chromium as Cr IS:3025 (Part - 52) 2003 (Reaff 2009)11. Lead as Pb IS:3025 (Part - 47) 1994 (Reaff 2009)12. Zinc as Zn IS:3025 (Part - 49) 1994 (Reaff 2009)13. Sodium as Na IS:3025,5(Part - 45) 1993 (Reaff 2006)14. Temperature IS:3025 (Part - 9) 1983 (Reaff 2006)15. Chemical oxygen demand as O2 IS:3025 (Part-58)-200616. Dissolved Oxygen (mg/l) IS:3025 (Part - 38)1989 (Reaff 2009)17. Salinity -18. Copper as Cu IS:3025 (Part - 42)1992 (Reaff: 2009)19. BOD,5 days @200C as O2 5210B APHA22nd Edn 2012

The prevailing status of water quality at eight sampling locations each for

ground water and surface water has been assessed during December 2016

are presented in Table 3-18.Surface water quality results are provided in

Table 3-19. A map showing the monitoring locations is given as Figure 3-32.

Table 3-18: Details of Surface water sampling locations

S.No Name of the Waterbody

Distance from ProjectBoundary

Direction from projectboundary

1 Mahamdapur 5.2 NNE2 Janwada Lake 5.8 NNE3 Bawalpur Pond 4.5 NE4 Papnash Lake 2.7 NE5 Nanak Jhira Pond 3.5 ENE6

Bomgondeshwar 4.5 ENE

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 122 of 263

Lake

7 Gornalli Keri 5.3 ESE8 Andur Lake 2.9 W

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 123 of 263

Table 3-19: Surface Water Monitoring Results

S.No Parameters Units

DWStandards (IS

10500:2012)

Acceptable Limit

SW-1 SW-2 SW-3 SW-4 SW-5 SW-6 SW-7 SW-8

1. Source - - Lake Lake Lake Lake Lake Lake Lake Lake

2. Colour Hazen 5BDL

(DL1)

BDL

(DL1)

BDL

(DL1)

BDL

(DL 1.0)

BDL

(DL1)

BDL

(DL1)BDL

(DL 1)

BDL

(DL1)

3. pH at 25°C - 6.5 to 8.5 7.21 7.76 6.9 7.02 7.34 7.15 7.41 7.37

4. Turbidity NTU 1 1.6 5.8 3.4 1.9 2.5 1.9 6.8 8.1

5.TotalSuspendedSolids

mg/l - 6 12 8 7 5 5 16 18

6.ElectricalConductivity@25◦C

µmhos/cm - 514 548 388 485 488 469 442 366

7.Total DissolvedSolids mg/l 500 348 374 265 344 313 326 293 243

8.Total Alkalinityas CaCO3 mg/l 200 144 181 117 135 120 130 125 109

9.Total Hardnessas CaCO3 mg/l 200 165 156 114 143 139 154 133 107

10. Sodium as Na mg/l - 30.5 33.6 23.8 25.7 22.7 28.5 21.2 18.6

11.Potassium asK mg/l - 2.4 1.7 1.9 2.7 2.2 2.8 2.5 2.2

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 124 of 263

12. Calcium as Ca mg/l 75 42.5 32.1 22.7 35.6 28.1 32.1 32.7 24.9

13.Magnesium asMg mg/l 30 14.4 18.4 13.9 13.2 16.8 18 12.4 10.8

14. Carbonate mg/l - Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

15. Bicarbonate mg/l - 176 221 143 165 146 159 152 133

16. Chloride as Cl mg/l 250 38.8 35.5 18.5 34.0 38.1 38.8 32.3 26.7

17.Sulphate asSO4 mg/l 200 14.3 14.0 10.4 10.6 12.8 15.8 12.6 11.6

18. Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 45 1.5 2.6 7.65 5.24 8.6 2.22 2.5 1.4

19.Phosphate mg/l 0.05

0.13 0.12 0.09 0.26 0.10 0.34 0.17 0.09

20. Sulphides mg/l 0.05BDL(DL1)

BDL(DL1)

BDL(DL1)

BDL(DL1)

BDL(DL1)

BDL(DL1)

BDL(DL1)

BDL(DL1)

21. Fluoride as F mg/l 1 0.076 0.087 0.066 0.064 0.062 0.046 0.0422 0.014

22. Cyanide mg/l 0.05 BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

23. % Sodium % -28.3 31.7 30.8 27.6 25.8 28.2 25.3 27.0

24. SAR _ -1.03 1.17 0.97 0.93 0.84 1.00 0.80 0.78

25. Arsenic mg/l 0.01 BDL(DL0.005)

BDL(DL0.005)

BDL(DL0.005)

BDL

(DL0.005)BDL

(DL0.005)BDL

(DL0.005)BDL

(DL0.005)BDL

(DL0.005)

26.Cadmium mg/l 0.003 BDL

(DL0.01)BDL

(DL0.01)BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01) BDL

(DL0.01)BDL

(DL0.01)BDL

(DL0.01)BDL

(DL0.01)

27.Chromium mg/l 0.05 BDL

(DL0.05)BDL

(DL0.05)BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)BDL

(DL0.05)BDL

(DL0.05)BDL

(DL0.05)BDL

(DL0.05)

28.Copper mg/l 0.05 BDL

(DL 0.01)BDL

(DL 0.01)BDL

(DL0.01)BDL

(DL 0.01) 0.05 0.03BDL

(DL0.01) 0.04

29.Iron mg/l 0.3 BDL

(DL0.02)BDL

(DL0.02) 0.21 0.13BDL

(DL0.02)BD

(DL0.02) 0.16BDL

(DL0.02)

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 125 of 263

30.Lead mg/l 0.01 BDL

(DL0.1)BDL

(DL0.1)BDL

(DL0.1)

BDL

(DL0.1)BDL

(DL0.1)BDL

(DL0.1)BDL

(DL0.1)BDL

(DL0.1)

31.Manganese mg/l 0.1 BDL

(DL0.05)BDL

(DL0.05)BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)BDL

(DL0.05)BDL

(DL0.05)BDL

(DL0.05)BDL

(DL0.05)

32.Mercury mg/l 0.001 BDL

(DL0.001)BDL

(DL0.001)BDL

(DL0.001)

BDL

(DL0.001)BDL

(DL0.001)BDL

(DL0.001)BDL

(DL0.001)BDL

(DL0.001)

33.Nickel mg/l 0.02 BDL

(DL0.05)BDL

(DL0.05)BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)BDL

(DL0.05)BDL

(DL0.05)BDL

(DL0.05)BDL

(DL0.05)

34.Selenium mg/l 0.01 BDL

(DL0.005)BDL

(DL0.005)BDL

(DL0.005)

BDL

(DL0.005)BDL

(DL0.005)BDL

(DL0.005)BDL

(DL0.005)BDL

(DL0.005)

35.Zinc mg/l 5

0.017 0.042 0.011 0.029 0.033 0.041 0.06 0.04

36.DissolvedOxygen mg/l -

6.5 5.7 5.1 6.4 5.9 6.5 6.4 6.7

37.COD mg/l -

12.1 17.5 18.6 13.8 14.9 12.6 15.8 16.9

38.BOD 3days@27°C mg/l -

5.3 9.5 9.8 6.9 6.5 5.8 8.9 10.6BDL – Below Detection Limit; DL – Detection Limit

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 126 of 263

3.10.1.2 Results and Discussions

Summary of analytical results

i. In the surface water the pH varies between 6.9-7.76, which are

meeting the IS 10500:2012 for Drinking Water.

ii. The Total Dissolved Solids range varies between 243 mg/l – 374 mg/l

for the surface water. The TDS values are within the acceptable limit of

IS 10500:2012.

iii. The desirable limit of the chloride content is 250mg/l and permissible

limit is 1000 mg/l. The chloride content in the surface water for study

area is ranges between 18.5 mg/l – 38.8 mg/l.

iv. The desirable limit of the sulphate content is 200mg/l and permissible

limit is 400mg/l. The sulphate content of the surface water of the study

area varies between 10.4 mg/l – 15.8 mg/l meeting the desirable limit

of the IS 10500: 2012.

v. The Total hardness ranges is between 107 mg/l - 165 mg/l, within the

acceptable limit of IS 10500: 2012.

3.10.2 Ground water resources

The resource estimation and categorization is carried out as per the

recommendations of ‘Ground Water Resources Estimation Methodology - 97

(GEM -97) considering water shed as a unit. Water shed and hydrological

boundaries do not match with the administrative boundaries. As a result

different parts of taluk fall in different watersheds having different stages of

ground water development and categorization. Pro-rata approach to

consolidate the watershed data into Talukwise data gives only details on

ground water resource, draft, and additional irrigation potential. Pro rata

approach cannot be applied for taluk, as a unit, as far as stage of

development and categorization is concerned. It is observed that Aurad and

Humanabad taluks are completely under safe category. 88% of Bhalki and

91% of Basavakalyan taluks are safe and 79% of Bidar taluk is safe while rest

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 127 of 263

of 21% comes under over exploited area. No area comes under the category

of semi-critical. The overall stage of ground water development in the district

has reached 56.68%. Thus regionally the situation appears to be quite good,

however few areas of the district have attained over exploited stage. In such

areas site specific recharge structures coupled with water conservation

measures are the need of the hour.

The groundwater potential of the gross geographical area of the basin is

estimated on pro-rata basis from the district-wise groundwater resources-

2008 published by the Central Groundwater Board (CGWB) as given in Table3-20. Status of Ground Water Utilisation of Bidar District is given in Figure3-26

Table 3-20: Groundwater Potential in Bidar PIA District

AttributePotential/Quantity

Area of the district 5417.65 Sq.Km

Net Annual groundwater availability of the district 40,594.30 ham

Gross Draft Irrigation 19,767.81 ham

Gross Domestic and Industrial draft 3,240.32 ham

Draft Exceeding the total available ground water

resources leaving23,008.12 ham

Net ground water availability for irrigation 19,130.80 ham

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 128 of 263

Source: District-wise groundwater resources-2008 published by the Central GroundwaterBoard (CGWB)

Figure 3-26: Status of Ground Water Utilisation of Bidar District

Project Site

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 129 of 263

3.10.2.1 Ground water Quality

Total Eleven (11) ground water monitoring locations were identified for

assessment in different villages around the project site based on the usage of

sub surface water by the settlements/ villages in the study area. The

groundwater results are compared with the desirable and permissible water

quality standards as per IS: 10500 (2012) for drinking water. Groundwater

quality monitoring locations and results are given in Table 3-21 and Table3-22. A map showing the monitoring locations is given as Figure 3-32.

Table 3-21: Details of Groundwater Quality Monitoring Locations

StationCode Location

Distance(km) from

Projectboundary

AzimuthDirections

GW1 Project Site - -

GW2 Naubad 2.1 NNE

GW3 North Shivanagar 3.1 NE

GW4 Bidar 4.2 ENE

GW5 Bage Shahi 3.8 ESE

GW6 Kamthana 3.7 SSW

GW7 Andur 3.0 W

GW8 Kolaar 0.68 NW

GW9 Nizampur 1.9 WNW

GW10 Bakh Chaudi 2.0 WSW

GW11 Beluru 1.89 SW

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 130 of 263

Table 3-22: Ground Water Monitoring Results

S.No Parameters Unit

DWStandard

s (IS10500:20

12)Acceptable Limit

GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW-5 GW-6 GW-7 GW-8 GW-9 GW-10 GW-11

1.Source - Bore

WellBoreWell

BoreWell

BoreWell

BoreWell

BoreWell

BoreWell

BoreWell

BoreWell

BoreWell

BoreWell

2.

Colour Hazen

5

BDL

(DL1.0)

BDL

(DL1.0)

BDL

(DL1.0)

BDL

(DL1.0)

BDL

(DL 1.0)

BDL

(DL1.0)

BDL

(DL1.0)

BDL

(DL 1.0)

BDL

(DL 1.0)

BDL

(DL 1.0)

BDL

(DL 1.0)

3. pH - 6.5 to 8.5 7.84 7.04 7.01 7.29 7.64 7.24 7.72 7.16 7.04 7.01 7.29

4.

Turbidity NTU

1

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL(DL 0.1)

3.1 BDL(DL 0.1)

5.

TotalSuspendedSoilds

mg/l

-

BDL

(DL1.0)

BDL

(DL1.0)

BDL

(DL1.0)

BDL

(DL 1.0)

BDL

(DL1.0)

BDL

(DL1.0)

BDL

(DL1.0)

BDL

(DL1.0)

BDL(DL 1.0)

BDL(DL 1.0)

BDL(DL 1.0)

6.

ElectricalConductivity 25◦C

µmhos/cm

-631 529 721 823 526 355 457 655

365 521 750

7.

TotalDissolvedSolids mg/l

500385 323 486 512 341 237 305 451

243 330 521

8.TotalAlkalinity

mg/l 200 100 59.7 35.0 102 70.3 60.2 78.5 90.1 70 92 138

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 131 of 263

as CaCO3

9.

TotalHardnessas CaCO3 mg/l

200170 166 66 230 117 140 146 191

137 182 285

10.Sodium asNa mg/l

-64.8 42.6 33.1 84.7 64.6 23.9 43 63.8

18.5 36.8 54.2

11.Potassiumas k mg/l

-7.5 1.4 3.8 1.8 2.4 1.6 1.7 6.4

2.4 3.5 4.4

12.Calcium asCa mg/l

7548.5 44.6 17.6 56.1 28.4 28.5 37.5 49.5

32.8 42.5 77.3

13.Magnesium as Mg mg/l

3015.4 13.2 5.4 21.8 11.2 16.8 12.7 16.4

13.4 18.5 22.3

14. Carbonate mg/l - Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil 0 0 0

15.Bicarbonate mg/l

-94.6 73 42.7 124 85.8 73.5 95.8 110 86 112 168

16. 8.62

Chloridesas Cl- mg/l

250121.3 74.8 44.5 105 73.6 44.3 67.9 110

32.7 64.7 98.7

17.Sulphate(SO4) mg/l

20032.17 48.3 22.7 74.0 54.2 25.3 26.9 62.2

28.5 44.6 68.7

18.Nitrates(NO3) mg/l

457.32 13.8 4.9 12.2 6.6 4.94 3.87 12.8

5.65 4.96 12.2

19. Phosphate mg/l - 0.32 0.97 0.35 0.26 0.87 0.77 0.62 0.04 0.87 BDL 0.56

20.Fluoride asF- mg/l

10.76 0.76 0.48 0.54 0.56 0.24 0.68 0.48

(DL0.02)

21. Sulphides mg/l 0.05 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.48 0.75 0.54

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 132 of 263

(DL1) (DL1) (DL1) (DL1) (DL1) (DL1) (DL1) (DL1)

22. Cyanide

mg/l

0.05

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL1)

BDL

(DL1)

BDL

(DL1)

23. % Sodium

%

-

42.1 35.6 50.3 44.3 53.9 26.8 38.7 41.1

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

24.

SodiumAbsorbtionratio (SAR)

-2.07 1.44 1.77 2.43 2.60 0.88 1.55 2.01

22.3 30.0 28.9

25.Oil &Grease mg/l

-BDL

(DL4)

BDL

(DL4)

BDL

(DL4)

BDL

(DL4)

BDL

(DL4)

BDL

(DL4)

BDL

(DL4)

BDL

(DL4)0.7 1.2 1.4

26. Arsenic

mg/l

0.01

BDL

(DL0.005)

BDL

(DL0.005)

BDL

(DL0.005)

BDL

(DL0.005)

BDL

(DL0.005)

BDL

(DL0.005)

BDL

(DL0.005)

BDL

(DL0.00)

-1.3

(DL4)

-1.8

(DL4)

-2.9

(DL4)

27. Cadmium

mg/l

0.003

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.005)

BDL

(DL0.005)

BDL

(DL0.005)

28. Chromium

mg/l

0.05

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

29. Copper

mg/l

0.05

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 133 of 263

30. Iron

mg/l

0.3

0.34 0.12 0.08 0.14 0.28 0.15 0.14 0.08

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

BDL

(DL0.01)

31. Leadmg/l

0.01BDL

(DL0.1)

BDL

(DL0.1)

BDL

(DL0.1)

BDL

(DL0.1)

BDL

(DL0.1)

BDL

(DL0.1)

BDL

(DL0.1)

BDL

(DL0.1)0.08 0.121 0.23

32.Manganese

mg/l

0.1

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.1)

BDL

(DL0.1)

BDL

(DL0.1)

33. Mercury

mg/l

0.001

BDL

(DL0.001)

BDL

(DL0.001)

BDL

(DL0.001)

BDL

(DL0.001)

BDL

(DL0.001)

BDL

(DL0.001)

BDL

(DL0.001)

BDL

(DL0.001)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

34. Nickel

mg/l

0.02

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.001)

BDL

(DL0.001)

BDL

(DL0.001)

35. Selenium

mg/l

0.01

BDL

(DL0.005)

BDL

(DL0.005)

BDL

(DL0.005)

BDL

(DL0.005)

BDL

(DL0.005)

BDL

(DL0.005)

BDL

(DL0.005)

BDL

(DL0.005)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

36. Zinc

mg/l

5

0.049 0.07

BDL

(DL0.01) 0.17 0.85 0.05 0.06 0.12

BDL

(DL0.005)

BDL

(DL0.005)

BDL

(DL0.005)

37.DissolvedOxygen

mg/l- NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA

BDL(DL

0.01)

BDL(DL

0.01)0.18

38. BOD 3days mg/l - BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL NA NA NA

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 134 of 263

@27°C (DL1.0)

(DL1.0)

(DL 1.0) (DL 1.0) (DL 1.0) (DL 1.0) (DL1.0)

(DL 1.0)

39. COD

mg/l

-

BDL

(DL4.0)

BDL

(DL4.0)

BDL

(DL4.0)

BDL

(DL4.0)

BDL

(DL4.0)

BDL

(DL4.0)

BDL

(DL 4.0)

BDL

(DL 4.0)

BDL

(DL 1.0)

BDL

(DL 1.0)

BDL

(DL 1.0)

BDL – Below Detection Limit; DL – Detection Limit

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 135 of 263

3.10.2.2 Results and Discussions

A summary of analytical results are presented below:

vi. In the ground water the pH varies between 7.01-7.84 which are

meeting the IS 10500:2012 for Drinking Water.

vii. The Total Dissolved Solids range varies between 237 mg/l -521mg/l for

the ground water and few samples exceed the acceptable limit of IS

10500:2012

viii. The desirable limit of the chloride content is 250mg/l and permissible

limit is 1000 mg/l. The chloride content in the ground water for study

area ranges between 32.7 mg/l – 121.3 mg/l.

ix. The desirable limit of the sulphate content is 200mg/l and permissible

limit is 400mg/l. The sulphate content of the ground water of the study

area varies between 22.7 mg/l – 74 mg/l meeting the desirable limit of

the IS 10500: 2012.

x. The Total hardness ranges is between 66 mg/l -285 mg/l for few

samples acceptable limit of IS 10500: 2012 exceeds.

3.11 Soil as a resource and its Quality

Two types of soils founds in the district are Lateritic red soil and black cotton

soil. Aurad and Bhalki taluks have mainly black cotton soil. Bidar and

Humnabad taluks have mainly lateritic red soil. Basavakalyan taluk has both

types of soils.The predominant soils in the study area were Lateritic soils are

pale to bright red in colour and clay to clayey loam in nature.

3.11.1.1 Soil quality

In order to assess the quality of soil at different locations in the study area,

various land use categories were taken into account. Soil sampling was

carried out at Ten (10) locations in the study area. Soil analysis was carried

as per IS: 2720 methods. Soil quality monitoring locations & results are given

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 136 of 263

in Table 3-23 & Table 3-24 respectively. Map showing the monitoring

locations is given as Figure 3-33.

Table 3-23: Soil Quality Monitoring Locations

LocationCode Location

Distance (Km)w.r.t project

siteDirection

w.r.t. project site

S1Project Site- GreenBelt Area Within Site -

S2 Near Effluent Plant Within Site -

S3 Near MEEPlant Within Site -

S4 Naubad 2.1 NNE

S5 North Shivanagar 3.1 NE

S6 Bidar 4.2 ENE

S7 Bage Shahi 3.8 ESE

S8 Kamthana 3.7 SSW

S9 Andur 3.0 W

S10 Kolaar 0.68 NW

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 137 of 263

Table 3-24: Soil Quality Monitoring Results

S.No Parameters Units S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10

1 Colour -ReddishBrown

ReddishBrown

ReddishBrown

DarkBrown Brown Light

Brown Brown Brown Brown LightBrown

2 Soil Texture - Loam Loam Loam SandyLaom Loam Loam Clay

Loam Loam LoamSandy

SandyLaom

3 Sand % 52 53 49 61 47 38 33 43 72 63

4 Silt % 34 37 39 24 42 44 22 24 19 25

5 Clay % 14 10 12 15 11 18 45 33 9 12

6 pH - 8.33 8.29 8.31 8.09 8.24 8.2 8.21 8.18 8.11 7.98

7Electrical

Conductivity

µmhos/c

m262 312 308 303 289 235 331 295 243 177

8 Infiltration Rate cm/hr 1.31 1.28 1.33 1.28 1.18 1.19 1.12 1.22 1.13 1.34

9 Bulk Density gm/cc 1.18 1.21 1.19 1.32 1.13 1.39 1.12 1.16 1.32 1.42

10

Cation

Exchange

Capacity

meq/100

gm9.2 10.8 11.2 9.6 7.2 8.3 25.5 19.2 4.8 6.6

11Moisture

content% 10.6 14.5 16.8 18.5 14.8 15.9 22.8 19.6 15.5 39.7

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 138 of 263

12Water Holding

Capacity% 34.0 36.5 34.8 36.4 32.7 33.8 34.6 33.4 31.1 43.4

13Organic

Carbon% 0.386 0.45 0.39 0.325 0.135 0.484 0.787 0.616 0.146 0.286

14 Organic matter % 0.665 0.58 0.55 0.560 0.233 0.834 1.357 1.062 0.252 0.493

15 Nitrogen as N kg/ha 93 118 123 83 44 127 216 163 44 73

16 Phosphorus kg/ha 62 53 57 52 22 77 126 99 23 46

17 Potassium kg/ha 130 147 152 109 45 163 264 207 49 96

18 Calcium % 0.045 0.11 0.05 0.031 0.028 0.024 0.1 0.057 0.013 0.032

19 Magnesium % 0.005 0.021 0.056 0.007 0.011 0.018 0.084 0.032 0.008 0.012

20 Boron mg/kg 0.89 1.09 1.17 2.1 0.45 0.72 0.56 0.36 0.94 1.14

21 Iron mg/kg 112 134 145 170 166 176 224 214 188 172

22 Manganese mg/kg 4.3 3.8 4.7 11.2 17.3 11.2 10.8 8.7 13.5 18.9

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 139 of 263

3.11.1.2 Results and Discussions

A summary of analytical results are presented below:

The pH of the soil samples ranged from 7.98-8.33.

Conductivity of the soil samples ranged from 177-331 μS/cm. As the

EC value is less than 2000 μS/cm, the soil is found to be non-saline in

nature

The water holding capacity of the soil samples varied from 31-43.4 (%).

Nitrogen content ranged from 44 kg/ha to 216kg/ha

Phosphorous ranged from 22 to 126 kg/ha

Potassium content ranges from 45 to 264 kg/ha

3.12 Flora & Fauna

Study of biological environment is one of the most important aspects for

Environmental Impact Assessment, in view of the need for conservation of

environmental quality and biodiversity.

Generally, biological communities are the good indicator of climatic and

edaphic factors. Studies on biological aspects of ecosystems are important in

environmental impact assessment for safety of natural flora and fauna

information on the impact of environmental stress on community structure

serves as an inexpensive and efficient early warning system to check the

damage to a particular ecosystem. The biological environment includes

mainly terrestrial ecosystem and aquatic ecosystem.

The study of terrestrial ecology within the study area of 10 Km radius has

been carried out through field investigation as well as Secondary data

collected.

3.12.1 Flora

This section describes terrestrial ecology of the area based on

reconnaissance survey and information gathered from secondary data

available for the area. List of of flora reported/observed in the study area is

given in Table 3-25

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 140 of 263

Table 3-25: List of Flora Observed in the Study Area

Sl.No Botanical Name Family Name Common Name1. A cookii Araucariaceae Cook's Lomatium

2. A cunninghamii Araucariaceae Araucaria Cunninghamii

3. A. hookeriana Nepenthaceae Eriolaena Hookeriana

4. Acacia catechu Mimosaceae Arabic Gum

5. Acacia farnesian Legumes Mimosa

6. Acacia melanoxylon Fabaceae Pea Family

7. Aconitum heterophylia Ranunculacea Indian Atees

8. Adenanthera pavonina Legumes Sandalwoodtree

9. Adina cordifolia Rubiaceae Kadam

10. Aesuclus indica Hippocastanaceae Indian Horse Chestnut

11. Ailangium lamarkii Alangiaceae Akola

12. Alnus nepalensis Betulaceae Nepal Black Cedar

13. Alstonia scholaris Apocynaceae Blackboard Tree, DevilTree

14. Anona squamosa Annonaceae Sugar Apple

15. Anthocephaluscadamba Rubiaceae Burflower-Tree, Laran

16. Anthocephalusparviflora Malvaceae Rungia Parviflora,

Justicia Parviflor17. Antiaris toxicaria Moraceae Bark Cloth Tree,

Antiaris, False Iroko18. Aquilaria agallocha Thymelaeaceae Garwood, Aloeswood,

Eaglewood19. Araucaria bidwiQii Araucariaceae Pine, Bunya; Bunya Pine

20. Artocarpus hirsuta Moraceae Aini, Aini-Maram, Aani

21. Arundinarea aristida Poaceae Giant Cane

22. Azadirachta indica Meliaceae Nimtree

23. Bassia latifolia Sapotaceae Indian Butter Tree

24. Bauhinia racemosa Fabaceae Bidi Leaf Tree

25. Bauhinia variegata Legumes Kachnar, Orchid Tree

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 141 of 263

26. Boehmeria nivea Urticaceae Chinese Grass

27. Bridelia retusa Phyllanthaceae Spinous Kino Tree

28. Calotropis gigantea Apocynaceae Crown Flower

29. Canarium strictum Burseraceae Black Dammar

30. Carallia integerrima Rhizophoraceae Carallia Brachiata

31. Careya arborea Lecythidaceae Kumbhi

32. Carissa carundas Apocynaceae Karanda

33. Cassia auriculata Fabaceae Matura Tea Tree

34. Cassia grandis Fabaceae Coral Shower Tree

35. Cassia marginata Fabaceae Golden Rain Tree

36. Casuarina equisetifolia Casuarinaceae Coast Sheoak

37. Cinnamomumcamphora Lauraceae Camphor Tree

38. Citrus aurantium Rutaceae Bigarade Orange

39. Cochiospermumgossipium Bixaceae Buttercup Tree

40. Coffea arabica Rubiaceae Arabica Coffee

41. Crataeva religiosa Capparaceae Garlic Pear

42. Curpressus torulosa Cupressaceae Himalayan Cypress

43. Delonix regia Fabaceae Flamboyan

44. Diospyros embryo pleris Leguminosae Dry Bark

45. Diospyrose benum Ebenaceae Indian Ebony

46. Embtica officinalis Phyllanthaceae Indian Gooseberry

47. Erianthus ravennae Poaceae Ravennagrass

48. Erythrina stricta Fabaceae Bastard Sandal

49. Erythroxylonmonogynum

Erythroxylaceae Red Cedar

50. Euphorbia nerifolia Euphorbiaceae Indian Spurge Tree

51. Ficus bengalesis Moraceae Banyan

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 142 of 263

52. Ficus carcia Moraceae Anjeer

53. Ficus etastica Moraceae Rubber Tree

54. Ficus gibbosa Moraceae Weeping Fig

55. Ficus giornerata Moraceae Cluster Fig Tree

56. Ficus reiigiosa Moraceae Peepal Tree OrAshwattha Tree

57.Ficus retusa Moraceae Cuban-Laurel

58. Ficus tomentosa Moraceae Itchi

59. Garcina morella Clusiaceae Indian Gamboge Tree

60. Garcinia cambogia Clusiaceae Malabar tamarind

61.Gardenia latifolia Rubiaceae Indian Boxwood

62. Gelonium lanceolatum Euphorbiaceae South Indian Suregada

63. Gmelina arborea Verbenaceae gamhar

64. Hardweckia binata Caesalpiniaceae Anjan

65. Helicteres isora Malvaceae East-Indian screw tree

66. Heritiera littotalis Malvaceae Glass Mangrove

67. Holarrahenaantidysenterica Apocynaceae Kurchi

68. Hopea parviflora Dipterocarpaceae Canopy Trees

69. Hydnocarpus wightiana Achariaceae Chaulmoogra

70. Ixora parviflora Rubiaceae Ixora

71. Jatropha curcas Euphorbiaceae Physic Nut

72. Juglans regia Juglandaceae Persian Walnut

73. Kigelia pinnata Bignoniaceae Sausage Tree

74. M. philippensis Euphorbiaceae Mallotus Philippensis

75. Millingtonia hortensis Bignoniaceae Indian cork tree

76. morus alba Moraceae white mulberry

77. Myrica nagi Myricaceae Bay Berry

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 143 of 263

78. Myristica malabarica Myristicaceae Malabar Nutmeg

79. Ochlandra Poaceae Ochlandra travancorica

80. Oroxytum indicum Bignoniaceae Trumpet Flower

81. oxytenanthera Poaceae Savannah Bamboo OrBindura Bamboo.

82. Phyllanthus districus Phyllanthaceae Phyllanthus

83. Premna tomentosa Lamiaceae Woolly-Leaved Fire-BrandTeak

84. Pterospermus acerifolium Sterculiaceae Kanak Champa

85. Quercus incana Fagaceae Bluejack Oak

86. Rhus succedanis Anacardiaceae Japanese Wax Tree

87. Sapindus trifoliatus Sapindaceae South India Soapnut

88. Sapiuim insigne Euphorbiaceae Milktrees

89. Saraca indica Fabaceae Ashoka

90. Scolopia crenata Salicaceae The 'Potato' Plum OfMysore

91. Sesbania granditfora Fabaceae Hummingbird Tree

92. Shorea robusta Dipterocarpaceae Sal Tree

93. Spathodea companulata Bignoniaceae African Tuliptree

94. Spondias mangitera Anacardiaceae Mombins

95. Stephegyne parviflora Rubiaceae Kadaga, Kadavala

96. Strychnos nux-vomica Loganiaceae Strychnine Tree

97. Taraktogenos Kurzil Achariaceae Chaulmugra

98. Terminalia paniculata Combretaceae Kindal Tree

99. Terrninalia chebula Combretaceae Black- Or ChebulicMyrobalan

100. Tetrameles nudiflora Tetramelaceae Angkor, Cambodia

101. Tetrameles nuldiflora Tetramelaceae False Hemp Tree

102. Toddalia asiastic Rutaceae Orange Climber

103. Trewia nudiflora Euphorbiaceae False White Teak

104. Zizyphus jujuba Rhamnaceae Jujube

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 144 of 263

3.12.2 Fauna

No wildlife sanctuaries are situated within the study area. No endangered

faunal species are found in the proposed project area.

3.12.2.1 Mammals

During the preliminary survey, the sighting of wild animals was negligible in

the entire study area. Hence the assessment of wild life fauna has been

carried out on the basis of information collected from the secondary sources.

The study area has mammals like Hanuman Monkey or Langur, Fruit Bat,

Leopard or panther, Indian Fox, Indian Wild Boar (Wild Pig), etc. List of fauna

observed in the study area is given in Table 3-26

Table 3-26: List of Fauna Reported/Observed in the Study Area

Sl.No Scientific Name Family Name Common Name

1. Antilope cervicapra Bovidae Black bucks

2. Axis axis Hystricidae Porcupines

3. Bosgaurus Bosgaurus Bison

4. Canisaureus Canidae Jackals

5. Erethizon dorsatum Erethizontidae Spotted deer

6. Funambuluponnati Sciuridae Three Striped Squirrel

7. Herpestesedwardii Herpestidae Common Mongoose

8. Lapusnigricallis Leporidae Indian Hare

9. Presbytisphayrei Cercopithecidae Monkey

10. Rattusrattus Muridae Rats

11. Rhinolopus spp. Rhinolophidae Bat

12. Susscrofa Suidae Indian Wild Boar (WildPig)

13. Vulpes vulpes Canidae Foxes

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 145 of 263

3.12.2.2 Birds

Species like Eagle (Spilornis cheela), Bhagule (Ardea purpurea),Myna

(Sturnus pagodarum), dove (Streptopelia senegalensis), Kingfisher (Alcedo

atthis), Magpie robin (Copsychus saularis), Racket tailed drongo (Dicrucrus

paradiseus) peacock, Partridges etc. were highly frequent in the village area

is given in Table 3-27

Table 3-27: List of Birds Observed in the Study Area

3.13 Socio-economic profile of the Project Influence Area

Bidar district is located in the northern most tip of the State of Karnataka.

The total geographical area of the district is 5,448 sq.km. Bidar district is

surrounded by Gulbarga district to the south, Maharashtra State in the West

and North. It is bounded on the East by Andhra Pradesh. The population of

the district is 1703300 as per 2011 Census. The male population is 870665

and female population is 832635.The unique feature of the district is that there

are many spoken languages and dialects. As it is close to Maharashtra and

Andhrapradesh, they speak Kannada, Hindi, Marathi, Urdu and Telugu

languages.

3.13.1 Socio Economic Aspects

A socio-economic study was undertaken in assessing aspects which are

dealing with social and cultural conditions, and economic status in the study

area. The study provides information such as demographic structure,

Sl.No Scientific Name Family Name Common Name

1. Anascrecca Anatidae Common Teal

2. Ardeacinerea Ardeidae Grey Heron

3. Ardeolagrayii Ardeidae Pond Heron/Paddy Bird

4. Charadriusdubius Charadriidae Little Ringed Plower

5. Hydrophasianuschirurgus Jacanidae Pheasant-tailed Jacana

6. Tringaglareola Scolopacidae Spotted Sandpiper

7. Tringahypoleucos Ardeidae Common Sandpiper

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 146 of 263

population dynamics, infrastructure resources, and the status of human health

and economic attributes like employment, per-capita income, agriculture,

trade, and industrial development in the study area. The study of these

characteristic helps in identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts on

socio-economic and parameters of human interest due to proposed project

developments. The parameters are -:Demographic structure

Infrastructure Facility

Economic Status

Health status

Cultural attributes

Awareness and opinion of people about the project and Industries in the area.

The following table provides the certain important social indicators of the

district.

Table 3-28: Bidar District Social Indicators

Source: Census 2011 and HDI

1 Population growth 13.37%

2 Population Density (persons persq.km)

313

3 Sex ratio ( no.of women per1000 males)

956

4 Sex ratio 0-6 years 942

5 Literacy rate 70.51%

6 Schedule Caste population 23.47%

7 Schedule Tribe population 13.85%

8 Main Workers 34.28%

9 Marginal Workers 10.05%

10 Urban Population 25%

11 Infant Mortality Rate 31

12 Maternal Mortality Rate 134

13 Institutional Delivery 98%

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 147 of 263

The district is rural in character as 75 percent of the population lives in rural

areas. Agriculture is the main contributor to the economy of the district. The

district has low industrial base. A major proportion of the area in the district is

not under irrigation. The proportion of net area irrigated to net area sown is

only 14.18%.

3.13.2 Socio economic Profile of the study area

Demographic Profile:

The study area has equal male (51.96%) and female (48.03%) population.

The child (0 to 6 years) population also has an equal share of male (51.45%)

and female (48.54%) population.

The area has 17.47% of Schedule Caste and 7.99% of the Scheduled Tribe

population.

The average size of the family is 5.

The following table shows the detailed demographic details of all the villages

in the study area is given in Table 3-29

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 148 of 263

Table 3-29: Demographic details of all the villages in the study area

Nam

e

Tota

lH

ouse

hold

Tota

lPo

pula

tion Mal

e

Fem

ale

Bel

ow 6

year

s

Mal

e

Fem

ale

Sche

dul

ed c

aste

Sche

dul

ed T

ribe

Within 5 Km

Aliabad 291 1602 821 781 230 110 120 700 5

Bakchawadi 400 2123 1094 1029 191 97 94 708 155

Bellura 323 1920 974 946 226 127 99 310 106

Chikpet 239 1275 703 572 172 92 80 787 66

Kolhar 702 3623 1871 1752 442 241 201 685 792

Nelwad 221 1437 743 694 223 123 100 389 80

Nizampur 393 1917 969 948 250 122 128 707 238

Zamistanpur 708 3607 1851 1756 601 318 283 1124 155

Total 3277 17504 9026 8478 2335 1230 1105 5410 15975 to 10 Km

Amlapur 925 5060 2573 2487 832 420 412 1277 109

Andura 783 4213 2143 2070 529 273 256 1013 307

Ashtoor 542 2747 1405 1342 365 179 186 369 684

Atwal 263 1367 697 670 175 95 80 56 440

Ayazpur 212 1154 579 575 155 77 78 217 174

Bapur 153 835 402 433 118 57 61 184 187

Benakanalli 274 1520 781 739 180 83 97 315 173

Bidar (CMC + OG) 41861 216020 111470 104550 27071 14097 12974 30471 10211

Chikpet 239 1275 703 572 172 92 80 787 66

Chitta 1007 5515 2879 2636 672 356 316 1142 821

Chondi 207 1157 572 585 168 81 87 342 133

Chouli 237 1202 621 581 137 75 62 303 0

Gadgi 718 3872 1956 1916 549 277 272 991 785

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 149 of 263

Gornalli 368 2043 1080 963 228 129 99 529 527

Hamilapur 375 2334 1196 1138 322 169 153 236 110

Honnakheri 270 1501 786 715 252 135 117 887 85

Kabirwada 66 332 168 164 40 19 21 263 0

Kamthana 1920 11179 5704 5475 1639 832 807 943 2335

Kangankot 213 1197 604 593 152 82 70 311 155

Kapplapur 535 2731 1346 1385 329 184 145 190 577

Kasimpur 456 2358 1208 1150 321 166 155 426 1468

Khadernagar 306 1542 778 764 226 111 115 566 332

Kolhar 318 1691 855 836 216 119 97 434 242

Madaknalli 697 3914 1974 1940 582 282 300 1013 374

Mahamdapur 100 725 380 345 124 70 54 292 0

Malik Mirzapur 383 1940 975 965 289 150 139 579 472

Mamankeri 58 307 152 155 45 25 20 63 10

Markhal 748 4108 2137 1971 530 253 277 774 453

Mirzapur Taj 134 683 349 334 86 42 44 86 50

Odwada 201 1061 538 523 128 62 66 600 13

Qutubabad 281 1533 784 749 237 116 121 459 553

Sangolgi 551 2879 1489 1390 392 222 170 1398 447

Secundrapur 490 2785 1434 1351 363 181 182 558 590

Shamrajapur 170 806 411 395 93 41 52 2 61

Shamshirnager 379 1943 1000 943 297 157 140 541 179

Sippalgeri 95 459 234 225 53 24 29 438 0

Telang - Mirzapur 256 1524 787 737 225 117 108 102 225

Yadlapur 359 2026 988 1038 260 135 125 607 59

Khanapur 202 1023 511 512 161 85 76 537 63

Malchapur 592 3055 1533 1522 445 227 218 1112 386

Total 64498 338624 174234 164390 43828 22757 21071 62233 27050Source: 2011 Census

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 150 of 263

3.13.2.1 Employment and Livelihood

The area is predominately agricultural based. Agriculture and its allied

activities like cattle rearing; agriculture products selling are their main income

sources. Of the total working population, 81.81% are the main workers as

they have regular job more than six months in a year. Only 24.22% of working

population involved in agricultural and agricultural related occupation.Since

the major portion of the Bidar town comes within the 10 Km radius, the

majority of the workers are non-agricultural activities. The following Table3-30 gives the picture of different workers categories.

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 151 of 263

Table 3-30: Workers group distribution in the study area

Village Name

Tota

lW

orke

rs

Mai

nW

orke

rs

Main Workers Marginal Workers Main Workers

Mar

gina

lW

orke

rs

Marginal Workers

Cul

tiva

tors

Agr

i.La

bors

Cul

tiva

tors

Agr

i.La

bors

Hou

seho

ldIn

d.

Oth

er

Hou

seho

ldIn

d.

Oth

er

Within 5 Km

Aliabad 593 523 7 65 6 17 0 451 70 0 47

Bakchawadi 939 872 135 417 5 25 3 317 67 0 37

Bellura 780 756 81 363 5 7 13 299 24 1 11

Chikpet 527 491 23 163 4 2 3 302 36 0 30

Kolhar 1444 1033 78 247 24 98 12 696 411 56 233

Nelwad 596 588 57 445 2 2 3 83 8 0 4

Nizampur 778 625 43 126 6 89 5 451 153 2 56

Zamistanpur 1328 969 45 111 4 37 146 667 359 18 300

Total 6985 5857 469 1937 56 277 185 3266 1128 77 7185 to 10 Km

Amlapur 1786 1249 92 236 10 83 18 903 537 66 378

Andura 1719 1152 230 311 15 313 36 575 567 24 215

Ashtoor 1367 1298 82 612 18 20 11 593 69 0 31

Atwal 589 522 123 244 11 40 9 146 67 1 15

Ayazpur 486 421 51 137 3 26 5 228 65 3 33

Bapur 354 327 29 155 0 4 14 129 27 1 22

Benakanalli 497 402 213 53 3 62 2 134 95 0 30

Bidar (CMC + OG) 66415 55928 670 1528 186 609 962 52768 10487 619 9073

Chikpet 527 491 23 163 4 2 3 302 36 0 30

Chitta 2252 2035 327 1047 25 148 15 646 217 19 25

Chondi 515 416 111 114 24 55 2 189 99 0 20

Chouli 515 273 86 83 1 7 1 103 242 2 232

Gadgi 1740 1514 250 458 14 123 79 727 226 20 69

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 152 of 263

Gornalli 879 639 126 234 3 106 0 279 240 0 131

Hamilapur 788 605 51 42 8 62 30 482 183 8 105

Honnakheri 813 803 169 470 0 7 9 155 10 0 3

Kabirwada 152 142 10 112 0 10 16 4 10 0 0

Kamthana 4315 3103 440 925 30 668 157 1581 1212 42 472

Kangankot 541 534 106 115 2 0 0 313 7 0 5

Kapplapur 1174 406 147 86 15 470 13 160 768 9 274

Kasimpur 1193 1150 220 802 2 7 13 115 43 0 34

Khadernagar 793 627 280 309 136 25 6 32 166 1 4

Kolhar 648 541 46 266 6 9 7 222 107 3 89

Madaknalli 1324 935 201 490 59 236 15 229 389 27 67

Mahamdapur 356 356 106 199 0 0 2 49 0 0 0

Malik Mirzapur 890 319 72 123 10 502 5 119 571 0 59

Mamankeri 180 35 22 2 4 2 6 5 145 50 89

Markhal 1874 1564 372 521 30 138 36 635 310 10 132

Mirzapur Taj 242 240 4 17 0 0 2 217 2 0 2

Odwada 424 329 27 75 19 15 5 222 95 2 59

Qutubabad 727 481 77 89 18 87 9 306 246 1 140

Sangolgi 1432 1244 184 918 6 132 3 139 188 0 50

Secundrapur 1130 344 108 15 13 720 16 205 786 5 48

Shamrajapur 364 230 30 103 4 39 4 93 134 3 88

Shamshirnager 594 517 236 191 8 30 5 85 77 3 36

Sippalgeri 201 111 6 50 0 4 4 51 90 0 86

Telang - Mirzapur 736 647 268 202 5 65 0 177 89 0 19

Yadlapur 768 706 75 283 2 33 8 340 62 3 24

Khanapur 377 280 46 104 8 69 0 130 97 0 20

Malchapur 1227 1162 253 351 2 41 26 532 65 2 20

Total 102904 84078 5969 12235 704 4969 1554 64320 18826 924 12229Source: Census 2011

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 153 of 263

3.13.2.2 Education facilities

The district education development Index is 0.593 which is calculated based

on access, infrastructure, Teacher ratio and outcome. The district literacy rate

has increased drastically from 20.02 (year 1971) to 71.07 (year 2011) is given

in Table 3-31 and graphical representation is given in Figure 3-27

Table 3-31: District literacy rate

Area /Year 1971 1981 1991 2001 2011District 20.02 26.64 45.11 60.94 71.07Bidar taluk 24.93 32.53 50.96 65.00 74.51Bidar taluk- Female 13.63 20.65 37.92 54.8 67.12

Figure 3-27: Literacy rate of District Vs TalukThe Bidar taluk has more literates than any other taluks due to the

urbanization. The following Table 3-32 shows the literacy rate of the study

area. The average literacy rate of the study area is 79.8%.

Table 3-32: Literacy rate of the study area

Name of Villages Literates % of Literates

Within 5 KmAliabad 1004 73.18Bakchawadi 1396 72.26Bellura 1207 71.25Chikpet 836 75.79Kolhar 2419 76.05Nelwad 822 67.71Nizampur 1135 68.09

20.0226.64

45.11

60.9471.07

24.9332.53

50.9665

74.51

13.6320.65

37.92

54.867.12

0

20

40

60

80

1971 1981 1991 2001 2011

Literacy rate- District Vs Taluk

District

Bidar Taluk

Bidar Taluk Female

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 154 of 263

Zamistanpur 2190 72.855 to 10 KmAmlapur 3016 71.33Andura 2550 69.22Ashtoor 1525 64.02Atwal 857 71.90Ayazpur 681 68.17Bapur 510 71.13Benakanalli 869 64.85Bidar (CMC + OG) 162132 85.81Chikpet 836 75.79Chitta 3117 64.36Chondi 612 61.88Chouli 743 69.77Gadgi 2227 67.02Gornalli 1328 73.17Hamilapur 1491 74.11Honnakheri 910 72.86Kabirwada 216 73.97Kamthana 6454 67.65Kangankot 735 70.33Kapplapur 1614 67.19Kasimpur 1329 65.24Khadernagar 694 52.74Kolhar 951 64.47Madaknalli 2253 67.62Mahamdapur 343 57.07Malik Mirzapur 1137 68.87Mamankeri 163 62.21Markhal 2243 62.69Mirzapur Taj 479 80.23Odwada 678 72.67Qutubabad 706 54.48Sangolgi 1474 59.27Secundrapur 1582 65.32Shamrajapur 439 61.57Shamshirnager 889 54.01Sippalgeri 279 68.72Telang - Mirzapur 746 57.43Yadlapur 1185 67.10Khanapur 542 62.88Malchapur 1566 60.00Total 223110 79.79

Source: Census 2011

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 155 of 263

Schools: As per the constitution in India, all children up to the age fourteen to be

given free and compulsory education. . Also through the Right of Children to Free

and Compulsory Education Act, 2009, free and compulsory education to all children

of the age of six to fourteen years has become a right to free and compulsory

education in a neighborhood school till completion of elementary education.

The Incessant efforts taken by the Government and the department have shown the

better results like good enrollment, less dropout rate, eradication of child labour.

The project area has access to the primary education facilities. Bidar is being an

urban , it housed many higher educational institutions. The following Table 3-33shows available school education facilities in the Bidar block.

Table 3-33: Education Infrastructures in Bidar Block

Prim

ary

Scho

olon

ly

Pri a

nd U

pper

Prim

ary

only

Upp

er P

rimar

yon

ly

Upp

er P

ri+S

econ

dary

+Hi

gher

Sec

onda

ry

Pri+

UP+

Seco

ndar

y

UP+

Sec

onda

ry

Seco

ndar

y on

ly

HS/

Jun

ior

Col

lege

231 340 1 1 31 7 132 52

Source: DISE 2015-16

3.13.2.3 Health Facilities within the study area

There are common ailments prevalent in the area like fever, diarrhea etc. But people

complaining about other health issues like Asthma, Skin infection etc due to the

pollution.

The project area comes under the Bidar taluk, being Bidar is a head quarter of the

district, health care accessibility is available. The following Table 3-34 shows the

availability of health facilities available in the project area.

Table 3-34: Health profile of Bidar Taluk

HospitalsCommunity

HealthCentre

PrimaryHealthCentre

Sub centre PrivateHospitals

District 17 8 51 270 297

Bidar Taluk 5 0 7 53 162

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 156 of 263

Source: BHO, Bidar

There are some health indicators like the Infant Mortality Rate, Child Mortality rate

and Maternal Mortality Rate etc. shows the health of the area.

Infant Mortality Rate: It is defined as the deaths of infants of age less than

one year per thousand live births. The IMR of Bidar taluk is 23 and of the

district are 31 (WHO European Region -10 per 1000 live births).

Child Mortality Rate: also known as under-5 mortality or child death refers to

the death of infants and children under the age of five or between the age of

one month to four years. The CMR of the taluk is 31 and that of the district is

35.(WHO European Region -11 per 1000 live births)

Maternal Mortality Rate: Maternal death is the death of a woman while

pregnant or within 42 days of termination of pregnancy, irrespective of the

duration from any cause related to or aggravated by the pregnancy or its

management but not from accidental or incidental causes. The MMR of the

Bidar taluk is 119 and the district is 134.

3.13.2.4 Sanitation Facilities & Drinking water facilities within the StudyArea

Tap water and tube wells are the main sources of drinking water. The following

Table 3-35 shows the drinking water from different sources and availability of toilets.

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 157 of 263

Table 3-35: Village wise sanitation & drinking water facilities within the Study Area

Name of Villages

Main Source of Drinking Water

No

of T

oile

ts

Tapw

ater

from

trea

ted

Sour

ce

Tapw

ater

from

un-tr

eate

dSo

urce

Cov

ered

wel

l

Un-

cove

red

wel

l

Han

dpum

p

Tube

wel

l/Bor

eho

le

Sprin

g

Riv

er/

Can

al

Tank

/Po

nd/

Lake

Oth

er s

ourc

es

Within 5 KmAliamber 22.1 51.6 0.1 1.2 13.8 11 0.1 0.1 0 0 1.3Bakchawadi 0.8 95.4 0.5 1.8 0 0.8 0 0 0 0.8 3.1Bellura 35.8 18 0 32.7 13.1 0 0 0 0 0.3 6.1Chikpet 0.5 99.5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8.6Kolhar 63.5 18.4 2 8.9 6.4 0.5 0.3 0 0 0 39.7Nelwad 71.6 8.2 0 0 17.3 2.9 0 0 0 0 5.3Nizampur 49.3 14.3 0.2 6.9 4.7 22.2 0 0 0 2.5 3.7Zamistanpur 32.8 29.1 2 2.6 31.7 0.9 0 0.1 0 0.9 3.95 to 10 KmAmlapur 18 3 1.5 34.8 0 42.4 0.1 0.1 0 0 25.9Andura 52.3 31 0.1 2.5 4.9 8.9 0.3 0 0 0 7.9Ashtoor 22.5 53.3 0 3.2 15.6 5.4 0 0 0 0 11.4Atwal 96.6 0 1.1 1.9 0 0 0.4 0 0 0 5Ayazpur 32.7 27.8 1 3.4 15.6 19.5 0 0 0 0 13.7Bapur 94.7 5.3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9.3Benakanalli 0 0 0 100 0 0 0 0 0 0 19.6Bidar (CMC + OG) 31.4 8.1 14.7 30.6 2.3 8.7 0.9 0 0.1 3.3 80Chitta 46.7 17 1.5 7.9 1.6 21.9 0 0 0 3.3 13.4Chondi 10.7 70.1 0.5 7.5 3.7 4.2 0 0 3.3 0 1.9Chouli 0 0 0 0.4 0 99.6 0 0 0 0 5.4Gadgi 43.3 29.4 0.6 11.8 2 11.7 1.3 0 0 0.1 10

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 158 of 263

Gornalli(B) 50.2 10.5 4.7 1.1 2.5 28.4 0 0 0 2.5 12.4Hamilapur 3.1 32.7 13 12.7 14.8 4.2 0 0 0 19.5 21.8Honnakheri 0 83 0 12.7 0 0.4 4 0 0 0 0Kabirwada 0 0 0 1.5 98.5 0 0 0 0 0 0Kamthana 20.7 28.9 2.3 10.9 9.7 24.7 0.1 0.3 0 2.4 32.3Kangankot 21.7 72.2 0 5.7 0.5 0 0 0 0 0 3.3Kapplapur 83.1 0.6 0.2 3.7 0.4 12.1 0 0 0 0 2.1Kasimpur 1.8 5.9 0.5 0 0.2 91.2 0 0 0.5 0 2Khadernagar 16.6 29.8 3 41.4 2.6 6.6 0 0 0 0 2Kolhar 42 57 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1.3Madaknalli 26.1 8.2 1.6 1.7 21.1 41.1 0.1 0 0 0 16.8Mahamdapur 0 0 0 0 0 99 0 1 0 0 1Malik Mirzapur 0 99.7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.3 0 15Mamankeri 22 78 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.7Markhal 82.9 3 0.2 3.3 0 10.5 0 0 0 0 4.8Mirzapur Taj 46.7 27 0 16.1 1.5 8.8 0 0 0 0 22.6Mohillatte-Gornalli 100 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5.8Odwada 7.7 14.8 3.1 0 48.5 26 0 0 0 0 13.3Qutubabad 0 98.6 0 0 0 1.4 0 0 0 0 1.4Sangolgi 58.1 21.7 0 20.1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.6Secundrapur 60.6 7.4 0 1.6 4.7 24.7 0 0 0 0.8 9.9Shamrajapur 42.6 31.4 0.6 0 12.4 13 0 0 0 0 11.8Shamshirnager 76.7 22.8 0.3 0 0.3 0 0 0 0 0 2Sippalgeri 98.9 0 0 0 0 1.1 0 0 0 0 3.3Telang - Mirzapur 0 37.9 0 0.4 59.5 0.4 1.9 0 0 0 4.5Yadlapur 7.3 65.4 0 0.3 24.1 2.9 0 0 0 0 3.5Khanapur 0 50.2 0 1.1 0 48.8 0 0 0 0 1.1Malchapur 3.6 19.1 1 53.5 0 8.4 0.2 0 0 14.2 3.3

Source: Census 2011

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 159 of 263

3.13.2.5 Infrastructure within Study Area:

The rural and major road works are imperative for the transportation of the

agricultural goods and other goods to the various locations. The area is mainly an

agricultural based, agricultural produce could be transported to the distance places

like Bangalore and other neighboring destinations.

There are good road networks in the district, which connects the neighboring states

like Andhra Pradesh, Maharashtra state. The following table shows the State

Highways in the project area and Table 3-36 shows the total stretch of different

roads in the district

Table 3-36: State Highways in the Study Area.S.No SH No SH name

1 SH4 Kamalanagar - Gunalli

2 SH15 Wanamarapalli - Raichur

3 SH105 Humnabad - Bidar

4 SH 122 MaharaKA SHtra Border - Handaraki KASH-122

Source: PWD of Karnataka

Table 3-37: Total stretch of different roads in the districtNational

Highways State Highways Major District Roads Total Length

82.00 693.10 877.08 1652.18

Source: PWD of Karnataka as on 31.3.2013

3.13.2.6 Tourism within the Study Area

Bidar is an important historical town. This small town was once the capital of

the erstwhile Bahamani Kingdom (1347-1526) in the medieval period. A

number of historical monuments dating back to 15th century can be found

here. These monuments reflect the glory of the Bahamani rulers.The below

mentioned are important tourism sites:

Gurudwara Nanak Jhira Sahib, which was built in the year 1948 and, is

dedicated to the first Sikh Guru Nanak Dev Ji. The gurudwara comprises of

Darbar Sahib, Diwan Hall and Langar Hall Opposite to the front stairs of the

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 160 of 263

gurudwara, there is a holy water tank. It is believed that a holy dip in the tank

is enough to cleanse the body and soul, of the devotee of all the sins.

Bidar Fort was built by Sultan Alla-Ud-Din Bahman of the Bahmani Dynasty.,

when his capital was moved from Gulbarga to Bidar in 1427. The fort is a

specimen of the Persian architectural style having a. 1.21 km in length and

0.80 km in breadth, this fort has a haphazard quadrangular layout.

Surrounded by three miles long walls and, comprising 37 bastions, this fort

has five imposing entrances or Darwazas.

Narasimha Jhira Cave Temple is popularly known as the Jharani

Narasimha Temple. A self-manifested deity, Narasimha Dev is enshrined

within this cave temple. Within the cave, a stream of water is said to be

flowing continuously since the foundation of the temple. Devotees have to

walk waist deep in the water for 300 metres for the darshan of Lord

Narasimha.

3.13.2.7 Summary of socioeconomic indicators of the study area

S.No Particulars Study Area

1 Study Area – Districts Bidar District

2 Number of villages in the Study Area 48

3 Total Households67775

4 Total Population356128

5 Sex Ratio 1060

6 Children Population (<6 Years Old)46163

7 Children Sex Ratio 1081

8 Urban Rural Ratio 61.10:38.89

9 SC Population67643

10 ST Population 67643

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 161 of 263

S.No Particulars Study Area

11 Total Working Population109889

12 Main Workers89935

13 Marginal Workers19954

14 Agricultural Workers26616

15 Household Industries2740

16 Other Workers80533

18 Institutional Birth Rate (District) 98%

22 Literates79.79%

Observation:

The area is basically an agrarian with hard working peasants

The main crops are Red gram, Jowar, Bengal gram, Sesamum and other

Horticultural crops.

The majority of the farmers are marginal farmers and the water source for

farming is by rain- fed.

Farmers are welcoming industries, but their main concern is pollution. They

express unhappiness about ground water depletion and quality of the water.

They welcome agriculture based industries.

As the agricultural occupation is non-remunerative, they need some skill

development program for shifting to non-agricultural activities.

Women workforce is getting wasted due to lack of opportunities during non-

farming period. The Women Work Participation rate is low as 26.76 ( Bidar

taluk) compared to that of district and State. Consultation photographs are

given in Figure 3-28

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 162 of 263

Bidar – Gurudwara Bakchawadi – grazing land

Bakchawadi Primary School Bachawadi -Interaction

Bachawadi -Interaction with Public Bellura - Interaction

Bellura – Water body Bidar – An temple Arch

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 162 of 263

Bidar – Gurudwara Bakchawadi – grazing land

Bakchawadi Primary School Bachawadi -Interaction

Bachawadi -Interaction with Public Bellura - Interaction

Bellura – Water body Bidar – An temple Arch

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 162 of 263

Bidar – Gurudwara Bakchawadi – grazing land

Bakchawadi Primary School Bachawadi -Interaction

Bachawadi -Interaction with Public Bellura - Interaction

Bellura – Water body Bidar – An temple Arch

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 163 of 263

Interaction with locals – Kolhar Kolhar Village

Kolhar - Interaction Nizampur – Interaction

Nizampur – Interaction Nizampur – Interaction

Nizampur – Public water system Nizampur Primary School

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 163 of 263

Interaction with locals – Kolhar Kolhar Village

Kolhar - Interaction Nizampur – Interaction

Nizampur – Interaction Nizampur – Interaction

Nizampur – Public water system Nizampur Primary School

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 163 of 263

Interaction with locals – Kolhar Kolhar Village

Kolhar - Interaction Nizampur – Interaction

Nizampur – Interaction Nizampur – Interaction

Nizampur – Public water system Nizampur Primary School

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 164 of 263

Nizampur- Interaction Zamistanpur

Zamistanpur – Primary School

Figure 3-28: Informal Consultation with Locals

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 164 of 263

Nizampur- Interaction Zamistanpur

Zamistanpur – Primary School

Figure 3-28: Informal Consultation with Locals

M/s. Sri Lakshmi chemicals -EIA/EMP report

Page 164 of 263

Nizampur- Interaction Zamistanpur

Zamistanpur – Primary School

Figure 3-28: Informal Consultation with Locals

Page 165 of 263

Figure 3-29 Map Showing the Study area of the Project

Page 166 of 263

Figure 3-30 Map Showing the Air monitoring locations

Page 167 of 263

Figure 3-31 Map Showing the Noise monitoring locations

Page 168 of 263

Figure 3-32 Map Showing the Ground Water & Surface Water monitoring location

Page 169 of 263

Figure 3-33 Map Showing the Soil monitoring locations

Page 170 of 263

CHAPTER – 4ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS AND MITIGATIONMEASURES

Page 171 of 263

4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATIONMEASURES

4.1 Introduction

Environmental Impact is any change in the environmental attributes, adverse or

beneficial, caused or induced by the proposed action or set of actions. The

predicted adverse impacts during each stage of project development are

superimposed over the baseline status of the existing environmental quality to infer

the scenario of environmental conditions in the post-project stage. The main

purpose of identifying the impacts is that it helps in adopting appropriate mitigation

measures for the adverse consequences if any.

Predicting and evaluating the various significant impacts that are likely to occur. The

impacts on the environmental indices viz. air, water, soil, noise, biological and

socioeconomic conditions are scrutinized methodically and assessed.

The most likely impacts on the environment due to the proposed project need to be

appraised during the two different phases of the project namely pre-

operation/construction phase and operation phase. The particulars on impacts that

could be triggered on the environmental attributes by the activities of the proposed

project are discussed below.

4.2 OPERATION PHASE

From an environmental perspective, this phase is of paramount significance due to

its potential to invoke long-term impacts. The adverse effects that are likely to occur

during this operational phase of the project are: Air Pollution (gaseous emissions),

Effluent generation, noise generation, solid waste generation.

4.2.1 Land Environment

The land use of the existing area is already for industrial use. The proposed

expansion is within the existing facility hence there will be no change in land use

pattern.

4.2.1.1 Discharges on Land-Impact

Domestic water will be treated in Septic tank followed by soak pit.

Page 172 of 263

Industrial effluents from the plant will be stored in a collection tank and neutralized

and then sent to MEE, Condensate will be recycled to cooling tower and boiler feed

though softener. MEE concentrate will be sent to Centrifuge, Salt from Centrifuge

will be sent to TSDF (KSPCB authorization for HWM Annexure 11 and Agreement

copy made with TSDF is enclosed as Annexure 12).

The existing system is ZLD and the proposed system will also be Zero Liquid

Discharge (ZLD). There will be no discharge to land environment.

4.2.1.2 Mitigation Measures

Periodic maintenance and check of wastewater conveyance pipelines

Attempt to restore by replacing a part or putting together the torn or broken

parts of the conveyance pipeline in case of any leakage is detected.

Necessary preventive measures for spillages from pipelines, such as

surface RCC channels along the pipelines are adopted.

Lining of effluent collection tank/ETP common guard pond.

Treated wastewater quality shall be ensured as per standards before using it

for various requirements.

With regards to ETP-There will be institutional arrangement to check the

efficiency of Zero Liquid Discharge.

4.2.2 Impacts- Soil Contamination

Potential impacts on land environment are envisaged due to hazardous and non-

hazardous wastes generated due to various operations in the project site. Sludge

generated during production process, chemical waste including toxic waste, burnt

fuel waste, oil slurry, MEE salts from centrifuge etc are the source of hazardous

waste. Sludge from ETP will be generated. Poor management of such

materials/wastes from the operations is a potential risk of soil contamination.

4.2.2.1 Soil – Mitigation Measures

Good housekeeping and best practices of waste handling shall be adopted to

eliminate/minimise the risks of soil contamination. The wastes generated will be

stored in temporary storage facility and transferred to nearby Treatment, Storage

and Disposal Facility (TSDF) and also to the approved vendors of Karnataka State

Page 173 of 263

Pollution Control Board (KSPCB) landfill and Co-processing. However, waste

minimization techniques will be adopted in order to minimize the generation of

wastes.

4.2.3 Air Environment

Base line data reveals that ambient air quality in the study area for the Parameters

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, CO, Pb, O3 , NH3 , C6H6, C20 H12, As, Ni, VOC, Cl, HCl, HBr,

H2S & HF are well within the permissible Limits as prescribed by the National

Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) for Industrial Area, Residential, Rural &

Other areas.

The major air pollution sources from the industry are DG sets, boilers and reactors.

The DG set and boiler sources are provided with stacks of adequate height so as to

disperse the emanating flue gases containing suspended particulate matters, oxides

of sulfur and nitrogen without affecting the ground level concentrations. The

emissions generated from the reactors are scrubbed out by wet scrubbers.

4.2.3.1 Meteorological Data

The site specific meteorological data for three months from Dec 2016 to Feb 2017

was obtained from secondary sources. Other data included for AERMET were daily

wind speed, wind direction, temperature, relative humidity, air pressure,

precipitation, and solar radiation recorded during the period. AERMET reformats

meteorological data so that it can be used as input for AERMOD model.

4.2.3.2 AERMET Process

For the 3 phase AERMET processing of the meteorological data, specifications of

the land use in the area are required to determine the terrain roughness for

modeling. The land use was characterized for in and around the site. The surface

characteristics for the site and surroundings were selected and used to calculate the

albedo, Bowen ratio and surface roughness parameter.

The meteorological data were processed in the AERMET software to generate wind

flow pattern & to generate surface meteorological data and profile meteorological

data in a prescribed format that can be fed to AERMOD for modeling.

Page 174 of 263

4.2.3.3 AERMOD ProcessAERMOD is a steady-state plume model. In the stable boundary layer (SBL), it

assumes the concentration distribution to be Gaussian in both the vertical and

horizontal. In the convective boundary layer (CBL), the horizontal distribution is also

assumed to be Gaussian, but the vertical distribution is described with a bi-

Gaussian probability density function (pdf). This behavior of the concentration

distributions in the CBL was demonstrated by Willis and Deardorff (1981) and

Briggs (1993). Additionally, in the CBL, AERMOD treats “plume lofting,” whereby a

portion of plume mass, released from a buoyant source, rises to and remains near

the top of the boundary layer before becoming mixed into the CBL. AERMOD also

tracks any plume mass that penetrates into the elevated stable layer, and then

allows it to re-enter the boundary layer when and if appropriate. For sources in both

the CBL and the SBL AERMOD treats the enhancement of lateral dispersion

resulting from plume meander. The emissions from existing (Table 4-1) and

proposed stacks (Table 4-2) are estimated and only proposed stack emissions are

used for the air dispersion modeling. Maximum incremental value for SO2, NOx and

PM for 24 hourly average is shown in Table 4-3 to Table 4-5 and Ground Level

Concentration (GLC) for proposed stacks is given in Figure 4-1 to Figure 4-3.

Page 175 of 263

Table 4-1 Existing Stack Emission details

Source Fuelused

Stack Details Emission per stack (g/s)

No ofStacks

Height(m)

Dia(m)

Temp(°C)

ExitVelocity

(m/s)PM SO2 NOx

Boiler2TPH Coal 1 21 0.6 110 7.95 4.05*

10^-62.20*10^-5

2.55*10^-5

200KVADG Diesel 1 11 0.15 90 7.07 0.0248

1.92*10^-4 0.376

Total Emission (g/s) 0.0248 0.000214 0.376Note: Each reactor’s scrubber is attached to individual stack.

Table 4-2 Additional Stack Emission details

Source

(Stand By)Fuelused

Stack Details Emission (g/s)

No ofStacks

Height(m)

Dia(m)

Temp(°C)

ExitVelocity

(m/s)PM SO2 NOx

200KVADG Diesel 1 11 0.15 100 7 0.0248 1.92*

10^-4 0.376

Total Emission (g/s) 0.0248 1.92*10^-4 0.376

Page 176 of 263

Figure 4-1 Predicted 24 hrs GLC’s of SO2 within 10 km radius of the Study area

Figure 4-2: Predicted 24-Hrs’ GLC’s of NOx within 10 km Radius of the Study Area

Figure 4-3 Predicted 24-Hrs GLC’s of Particulate matter within 10 km Radius of theStudy Area

Page 177 of 263

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

Table 4-3: Estimated Post Project Scenario of ResultantSulphur Dioxide Concentration

S.NOUTM coordinates (m) Conc.

(µg/m3)Distance from

Center ofSources (Km)

Direction fromSource CenterE N

1 760343.4 1982057 0.0014 0 02 759338 1982057 0.00068 1 W3 758332.7 1982057 0.0004 2 W4 751295.6 1982057 0.00038 9 W5 769391.1 1979068 0.00037 9.5 ESE6 770396.5 1979068 0.00031 10.5 ESE7 752300.9 1982057 0.00028 8 W8 766375.2 1980064 0.00026 6.3 ESE9 750290.3 1982057 0.00026 10 W

10 757327.4 1982057 0.00024 3 W

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

Table 4-4: Estimated Post Project Scenario of ResultantOxides Of Nitrogen Concentration

S.NOUTM coordinates (m) Conc.

(µg/m3)Distance from

Center ofSources (Km)

Direction fromSource CenterE N

1 760343.4 1982057 2.74173 0 02 759338 1982057 1.32891 1 W3 758332.7 1982057 0.77877 2 W4 751295.6 1982057 0.74193 9 W5 769391.1 1979068 0.73009 9.5 ESE6 770396.5 1979068 0.6005 10.5 ESE7 752300.9 1982057 0.55724 8 W8 750290.3 1982057 0.51643 10 W9 766375.2 1980064 0.51085 6.3 ESE

10 757327.4 1982057 0.47631 3 W

Particulate Matter

Table 4-5: Estimated Post Project Scenario of ResultantParticulate Matter Concentration

S.NOUTM coordinates (m) Conc.

(µg/m3)Distance from

Center ofSources (Km)

Direction fromSource CenterE N

1 760343.4 1982057 0.18084 0 02 759338 1982057 0.08765 1 W3 758332.7 1982057 0.05137 2 W4 751295.6 1982057 0.04894 9 W5 769391.1 1979068 0.04815 9.5 ESE

Page 178 of 263

6 770396.5 1979068 0.03961 10.5 ESE7 752300.9 1982057 0.03675 8 W8 750290.3 1982057 0.03406 10 W9 766375.2 1980064 0.03369 6.3 ESE

10 757327.4 1982057 0.03142 3 W

4.2.4 Conclusion:

It was observed that the maximum concentration observed due to proposed

expansion for PM, SO2 and NOx are 0.18µg/m3, 0.0014µg/m3 and 2.74µg/m3. So

it can be concluded that even after the expansion of the plant the impact envisaged

is minimum. The total increase in concentrations above baseline status due to

proposed stacks is estimated and the percentage increase is summarized in Table4-6.

Table 4-6: Total Maximum Glcs from the Proposed Stack Emissions for Dec 2016

Pollutant

AverageBaseline

Conc.(µg/m3)

EstimatedIncremental

Conc. atsource(µg/m3)

TotalConc.

(µg/m3)

NAAQstandard %increase

SO2 13.72 0.0014 13.72 80 0.01

NOx 21.57 2.74 24.31 80 12.70

PM 56.4 0.18 56.58 100 0.31

4.2.5 Mitigation Measures All air pollution control measures like scrubbers/bag filters has to be provided

by the industry.

Ambient air quality monitoring will be carried out regularly at selected

locations in order to check and compare the predicted concentrations with

the measured concentrations. NAAQS Exceedance if any may be checked

thoroughly and adequacy/performance of Air Pollution Control measures

shall be reviewed.

Water sprinkling shall be carried out on road surfaces in the project area.

Adequate Greenbelt width is provided.

Page 179 of 263

Trucks with cargo susceptible for fugitive suspension will be covered with

tarpaulin. All the vehicles will be periodically checked to ensure compliance

to the emission standards.

In addition, EMC will ensure that unit will be with essential pollution control

measures as to be stated by KSPCB in their CFO.

4.2.6 Potential Impact of Noise Environment

Noise generation sources during operation phase is classified into two categories:

Stationary sources due to operation of heavy duty machineies at the project

site like Boilers, Compressors, DG sets, Pumps etc.

Mobile sources corresponding to mainly vehicular traffic for staff mobilization,

materials, material transportation, liquid fuel transportation to project site, etc.

Vibrations are expected to be generated by various activities associated with

the proposed project during operational phase. The impact of vibrations

beyond the site would be negligible during normal operation phase. However,

the impacts on workers engaged in the plant area would be considerable due

to occupational exposure. The proposed fixed major equipment/units such as

boiler house, compressors, pumps, DG sets etc., also generate vibrations

during operational phase and may cause exposures to the workers/operators

engaged at these units.

4.2.6.1 Mitigation Measures The major noise generating equipment like Compressors, DG sets, Boiler

Feed water pumps etc. will be enclosed in an acoustic enclosure designed for

an insertion loss of 25 dB (A) and silencers to other equipment etc.

Major noise generating equipment will be designed with 85 dB (A) ensuring

cumulative noise at 1.0 m remains at 85 dB (A).

The occupational noise exposure to the workers in the form of eight hourly

time weighted average will be maintained well within the prescribed

Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standard limits.

Adequate PPE will be provided to the staff exposing to noise risks.

Acoustic silencers will be provided in equipment wherever necessary.

Page 180 of 263

Acoustic design with sound proof glass panelling will be provided for critical

operator cabins / control rooms of individual modules as well as central

control facilities.

Use of personal protective equipments/devices such as ear-muffs, ear plugs

etc. will be strictly enforced for the workers engaged in high noise areas.

Periodic maintenance of the equipment to be used in the developmental

works will be carried out. Worn out parts will be replaced and rotating parts

will be lubricated to minimise noise emissions.

Implementation of greenbelt for noise attenuation will be undertaken: shrub

plantation; landscaping with horticulture; and Tree plantation at vehicle

parking areas and along approach roads.

Ambient noise levels will be monitored at regular intervals during operational

phase of the project.

Low vibration generating machines/equipment will be selected to meet

international standards and foundations will be so designed to minimise

vibrations and secured properly.

Vibration generating sources and their platforms should be maintained

properly to minimize vibrations and related impacts.

Various standards pertaining to vibrations are formulated by statutory bodies

like Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) and Director General of Mines Safety

(DGMS), which is being practiced would be continued to mitigate the workers’

health effects due to vibrations.

Vibration dampers will be provided around the source of generation.

Transportation Management Plan will be prepared and the transportation of

construction materials will be planned in line with the same.

4.2.7 Impact on Existing Water Resources

During operation phase, water requirement of proposed units will be mainly for

process, condenser cooling water, DM water for steam generation, service water,

domestic use, fire water, green belt etc.

The water requirement for the existing facility is 5 KLD, which is met from private

water suppliers. The additional water requirement due to the expansion will be 19.8

Page 181 of 263

KLD, and thus the total water requirement will be 24.8 KLD. The total water

requirement will be met from private water suppliers and KIADB.

Wastewater generated from the project will be treated in ETP and Zero Liquid

Discharge will be maintained, hence the impact due to the proposed project is very

minimal.

4.2.7.1 Impacts to Surface Water Bodies

The surface water and groundwater are the life line of the villages. All the ponds in

the area are working as recharge sites for the under lying groundwater and hence

the surface water and ground water systems are acting like a single unit and

therefore cannot be seen in Isolation.

Any contamination in surface drainage due to operation of project could collapse the

system and will have serious impacts to the water resources especially the

availability of potable water in the PIA area. The impacts will be high in the core

area especially the 5.0 km radius area. Therefore the efficiency of the Zero waste

discharge will be ensured with proper regulatory and institutional arrangements.

4.2.7.2 Mitigation Measures

Though the proposed development will not draw Groundwater, the following

measures proposed as a part of development to improve the ground water scenario

and also to ensure that ground water is not contaminated.

Strategic plans such as implementing the following structures for rainfall harvesting

and groundwater recharging purposes in project site will be adhered.

Recharge pits

Only roof-top rain water harvesting

Rainwater storage ponds/tanks

Storage cum recharge ponds

Monitoring of water quality and groundwater level variations in the project site.

4.2.8 Impact due to Wastewater Generation

The source of wastewater generation from the project is as follows:

Page 182 of 263

Industrial process wastewater/effluent

Boiler and cooling water blow down

Domestic wastewater/Sewage

Equipment cleaning and floor washings, etc.

The details of wastewater quantities to be generated from the project are discussed

in Section 4.2.8.2. The untreated wastewater if discharged into nearby surface

water may affect the surface water and/or if disposed off on land without treatment

may pollute the ground and surface water.

4.2.8.1 Mitigation Measures

Various mitigation measures are proposed to be adopted to minimize the impact if

any on the water environment due to the wastewater/runoff generation during the

operation phase of the project.

Institutional arrangement for monitoring of water by pollution.

Corrective and preventive measures if any contamination happens.

Monitoring should ensure early determination of any threats to water

resources in terms of contamination.

If contaminated, proper expertise will be brought to schematize the various

recharge mechanism to reduce or nullify the impact effects.

4.2.8.2 Wastewater Quality and Quantity

Domestic water will be treated in Septic tank followed by soak pit.

Industrial effluents from the plant will be stored collection tank and neutralized, and

then sent to MEE, Condensate will be recycled to cooling tower and boiler feed

though softener. MEE concentrate will be sent to Centrifuge, Salt from Centrifuge

will be sent to TSDF (Agreement copy made with TSDF is enclosed as Annexure12).

The existing system is ZLD and the proposed system will also be Zero Liquid

Discharge (ZLD). There will be no discharge to land environment.

The break up in terms of volumetric contribution (for effluent & sewage) is given inthe below Table 4-7.

Page 183 of 263

Table 4-7 Details Sewage/Wastewater Treatment and Discharge

Description Existing Additional Proposed Total TreatmentUnits Final Disposal point

Domestic

(KLD)1.5 2.8 4.3 - Soak pit

Ind. effluentgeneration(KLD)

2.3 10.45 12.75ZLD

(ETP,MEE)

Treated water recycled.

Solid will be sent to TSDF

Characteristics of effluents is provided in the below Table 4-8. ZLD scheme (ETP,

MEE) is provided in Annexure 13.

Table 4-8: Characteristics of Effluent Generated

S. No. Parameter

Concentration*Raw Effluent

(Neut. Tank Inlet)Characteristics

Concentration*MEE Condensate(Treated water)Characteristics

1 pH 5.0-6.0 7.0-8.0

2 TDS 5000-8000 200-1000

3 TSS 800-1000 50-80

4 BOD 2000-4000 20-30

5 COD 6000-10000 50-100

* All parameters except pH are expressed as mg/l

Conveyance of Wastewater to ETP & STP:The wastewater will be conveyed to ETP & STP through pipeline.

4.2.8.3 Mitigation Measures ETP to treat industrial effluents.

Sewage to soak pit.

ETP is Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) System. Treated wastewater will be

recycled for cooling tower and boiler feed through softener.

The runoff from uncontaminated areas will be used for greenbelt area.

Page 184 of 263

The oil contaminated water, if any will be sent to oil water separator;

separated oil will be sent to KSPCB approved vendors and water will be sent

to ETP for further treatment. The treated water will be re used for various

applications.

4.2.9 Biological Environment

4.2.9.1 Impact on Migratory Paths for Wildlife and Forest BlocksThere are no identified migratory paths for major and minor wildlife in the project

site and the study area. The identified fauna which are observed at the project site

and in the study area are local migrants only. Therefore the proposed project

operations are not likely to have any adverse impact on the paths for avid-fauna.

4.2.9.2 Mitigation Measures Discharge of wastes/wastewater without treatment into the water bodies during

the operation phase would not be allowed.

Awareness will be given to workers about the importance and conservation of

terrestrial ecology and biodiversity.

4.2.10 Solid Waste Management

4.2.10.1 Impact due to Solid Waste Generation

During operation phase, various types of solid waste are likely to be generated

which can be broadly categorized as Hazardous Waste and Non-hazardous Waste.

Further, the generated solid waste generation may include Biodegradable,

Recyclable and Inert compounds. The details of solid waste generation and its

management proposed are discussed in Chapter 2, Section 2.6.5. If the solid

waste generated is not properly managed and disposed in unauthorized manner, it

will impact on soil quality, groundwater and air quality.

4.2.10.2 Solid Waste Management during Operation Phase

Strict guidelines will be put in place in order to manage the solid waste generation

during the operational phase of the development. The main goals of the guidelines

will be to ensure adopting recycling techniques and encouraging sorting of solid

waste at source into organic and inorganic wastes. Waste management is given in

Figure 4-4.

Page 185 of 263

Figure 4-4 Waste Management Concept

Page 186 of 263

CHAPTER – 5Analysis of Alternatives

Page 187 of 263

5. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (Technology & Site)

5.1 Introduction

This project doesn’t have alternative for site and technology and the justifications

are described below

5.2 Alternate Site Analysis

Alternate sites were not considered due to location and facilities at KIADB, Industrial

Area & Existing infrastructure and facilities is adequate for the proposed expansion

of production capacity.

5.3 Process Alternative

The process used for production is made by M/s. Sri Lakshmi Chemicals. There

would not be any changes in the process. The process made by M/s Sri Lakshmi

Chemicals is cost effective with high quality in output.

Page 188 of 263

CHAPTER – 6Environmental Monitoring Program

Page 189 of 263

6. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1 Introduction

The primary aim of environmental monitoring program is to formulate a systematic,

site-specific plan for monitoring the environmental parameters within the impact

area, during and after commissioning of the project, which would aid in assessing

the effectiveness of mitigation and environmental protection measures implemented

for the proposed project based on the existing environmental scenario and the

probable environmental impacts appraisal.

The plan framed for the intended facility will describe:

The details of the proposed mitigation measures taken for safeguarding the

environment at the project site as well as in the vicinity of the industrial site

Details of management plans (Greenbelt development plan, Solid waste

management plan etc)

Post project environmental monitoring programme to be undertaken after

commissioning of the project.

The associated cost components of the pollution control systems that will be

installed at the site.

For each of the environmental attributes, the monitoring plan specifies the

parameters to be monitored, location of monitoring sites, frequency and duration

of monitoring and it also denotes the applicable standards, implementation and

supervising responsibilities.

6.2 Objectives

Ensure day to day operational activities are conducted in a manner in

compliance with the applicable regulatory approvals including legislation and

industry standards

Evaluate the adequacy of mitigation and pollution control measures

implemented for reducing the adverse impacts caused during the construction

Page 190 of 263

and operation stage and suggest additional mitigation measures, if appropriate,

in the light of the results

Define a detailed framework to monitor and document for achieving full

compliance with statutory requirements

Encourage good environmental management practices through planning,

commitment and continuous improvement

Develop clearly defined environmental monitoring program designed to assess

the nature and extent of environmental impacts of the proposed operations and

progressively refine such programs against the targets

Define roles and responsibilities of site personnel and ensure that all people

onsite are fully informed of their responsibilities and accountabilities with regard

to the environment

To comply with all regulations stipulated by the Central Pollution Control Board

(CPCB)/ State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) related to air emission and liquid

effluent discharge as per air and water pollution control act/ laws

To handle hazardous wastes as per the Hazardous Waste (Management &

Handling) Rules 1989 and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary

Movement) Rules, 2016 and subsequent amendments

Review, improve and update environmental management procedures and

standards

Establish response procedures for actual/potential environmental impacts

including community complaints and ensure corrective action is taken

Perspective budgeting and allocation of funds for environmental management

expenditure, Continuous development and search for innovative technologies

for a cleaner and better environment

Page 191 of 263

6.3 Environmental Management Plan during Operation Phase

The control measures which will be imposed to mitigate the impacts caused during

the operation phase of the project are as follows:

1. Periodic monitoring of the environmental attributes to check the adequacy and

effectiveness of the pollution control measures employed.

2. The major sources of emission are DG sets, boiler stack, production block

(reactors) scrubber stacks which will be of adequate height to disperse the

pollutants. Adequate greenbelt has been developed in the existing facility to

mitigate the pollution arising due to movement of vehicles. Regular monitoring

of DG-Stack and Ambient air quality are carried out.

3. Appropriate treatment and disposal method is followed for the liquid effluents

generated in the existing plant and proper treatment and disposal procedure is

proposed for the liquid effluents of proposed new facility. The detailed waste

treatment and disposal methods are discussed in the Chapter 4, Section4.2.8.2.

4. Noise pollution is curbed by providing acoustic enclosures for D.G sets, boiler

and reactors; thereby the ambient noise levels is maintained below the CPCB

limits of 75 dB (A) for industrial areas. Personal protective equipments are

provided to those workers who work in the areas of high noise.

5. Rainwater harvesting system will be implemented for the sustainability of

underground water system.

6. Proper maintenance of greenbelt will be ensured.

7. Adequate safety measures conforming to the occupational health and safety

policy will be taken to prevent accidents/hazards to the workers.

8. Necessary energy saving measures like fixing of LED lamps, operational

schedule, awareness program etc., will be made.

Page 192 of 263

6.4 Post Project Environmental Monitoring

It is imperative that the Project Authorities set up regular monitoring stations to

assess the quality of the neighboring environment after the commissioning of the

project. An environmental monitoring programme is important as it provides useful

information and helps to:

Verify the predictions on environmental impacts presented in this study assist in

detecting the development of any unwanted environmental situation, and thus,

provides opportunities for adopting appropriate control measures, and identify the

effectiveness of mitigative measures suggested in the EMP.

Monitoring Program

After commissioning of the project, post project monitoring of environmental

parameters will be carried out at regular intervals. The monitoring programme in

different areas of the environment has been based on the findings of the impact

assessment studies. The post project monitoring programme including areas,

number and location of monitoring stations, frequency of sampling and parameters

to be covered is summarized in Table 6-1.

Table 6-1Post Project Environmental monitoring program

S.

No

Area ofMonitoring

Number of SamplingStations

Frequency ofSampling Parameters to be Analyzed

1. Meteorology One Hourly andDaily basis.

Wind speed and direction,Temperature, RelativeHumidity, Atmosphericpressure, Rainfall.

2. Ambient AirQuality

2 Stations (Indownwind)

Twice aweek:24 hourlyperiod

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, VOC andNO2

3. Noise

4 (two within plantpremises and twooutside plantpremises)

Once everyseason

Ambient Equivalent continuousSound Pressure Levels (Leq) atday and Night time.

4. Liquid Effluents Main Plant Effluents Weekly pH, Temp, Conductivity, TSS,TDS, BOD, Phenol.

Page 193 of 263

Sanitary Effluents Monthly pH, TSS, BOD & COD

5. Exhaust fromDG set Stack of DG set Quarterly PM10, PM2.5, SO2 & CO

6. VehicularEmissions Parking area

Periodicmonitoring ofvehicles

Air emission and noise, PCU

7.Solid waste /Hazardouswaste

Check conformanceto HWM rules

Quantity andQualitymonitoring

Periodically

8. Soil Two Locations withinthe Project Site Yearly Once Physico chemical properties,

Nutrients, Heavy metals

6.5 Greenbelt Development Plan

As per the rules and regulations laid by Ministry of Environment and Forest, Central

Pollution Control Board (CPCB) and State Pollution Control Board (SPCB), it is

legally mandatory to earmark 33% of the project area for greenbelt development to

promote integration of environmental issues with industrial development projects.

The total land area is 5056 sq m (1.25 Acres) which is completely fortified and

protected on all the four sides by boundary walls. The Greenbelt area is 1845 Sq.

mt (0.45 Acres, 36.5 %).

The purpose of developing the greenbelt in and around the industrial site isfor:

1. Preventing land degradation and erosion of topsoil due to activities during

construction phase.

2. Containment and Abatement of pollution in the industrial environment,

capturing of fugitive emissions if any and thereby improving the quality of the

surrounding environment.

3. Substantially reducing the adverse environmental impacts due to the proposed

industrial activity.

4. Serving as a barrier for attenuating the intensity of noise generated.

Page 194 of 263

5. Enhancing the biodiversity index of the region.

6. Adding aesthetic value to the project area.

7. Maintaining the ecological equilibrium of the area.

Development of greenbelt includes:

Plantation along the boundary / periphery and all over the project site for protection

against particulate dispersion and noise dispersion. The peripheral greenbelt will

vary in width to suit the plant design requirement.

Plantation along approach road and pathways for protection against noise and

vehicular emissions.

Existing Species:1. Neem (Azadirchta indica) – 30 Nos2. Ficus bengalesis -10 Nos3. Gulmohar (Delonix regia) -10 Nos4. Saraca indica – 20 Nos

6.6 Environment Management Cell

For the effective implementation of the mitigation measures and consistent

functioning of the proposed project, an Environmental Management System has

been proposed (EMS). The EMS will include the following:

Environmental Management Cell

Environmental Monitoring Program

Personnel Training

Regular Environmental Audits and Corrective Action Plan

Documentation-Standard Operating procedures of Environmental Management

6.7 Hierarchical system/administrative order of Sri Lakshmi Chemicals limited forEnvironmental management

The following organizational set up is formulated to ensure the effective

implementation measures and to conduct environmental monitoring.

Page 195 of 263

Figure 6-1 Hierarchical system/administrative order

The major roles and responsibilities of Environmental Management Cell will be as

follows:

To implement the environmental management plan.

To ensure regular operation and maintenance of pollution control devices.

To assure regulatory compliance with all relevant rules and regulations.

To minimize environmental impacts of operations by strict adherence to theEMP.

To initiate environmental monitoring as per approved schedule.

Review and interpretation of monitored results and corrective measures in casemonitored results are above the specified limit.

Maintain documentation of good environmental practices and applicableenvironmental laws

Maintain environmental related records.

Coordination with regulatory agencies, external consultants and monitoringlaboratories.

6.8 Cost Estimate for Environment Management Plan (EMP)

The cost estimate for Environment Management Plan is provided in the below

Table 6-2.

Table 6-2 Cost Estimate for Environment Management Plan

S. No Equipment Investment(lakh)

EHS Head

GM.Manager

ProductionManager

Executive

Supervisor Operator

Page 196 of 263

EMP

1. Lab 15

2. Green Belt Area 2

3. DG Acoustic 15

4. Online Monitor 4Air Pollution Equipments

5. Boiler Chimney 4

6. DG Chimney 1

7. Scrubber 10EHS

8. Fire Alarm Systems 1.1

9. Fire Hydrant System 3.1

10.Fire FightingEquipments 2.1

11. Flame Proof Fittings 2

12. Safety Equipments 1.6

13.Annual MedicalCheckups 1.5Total 62.4

Recurring cost is approximately 4.368 Lakhs/Annum .

Page 197 of 263

CHAPTER – 7Additional Studies

Page 198 of 263

7. ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 Public Hearing

The proposed project is located in Notified KIADB Industrial Area, the projects

attracts the Category B as per EIA Notification 2006; As per MoEF & CC Office

Memorandum, dated 3rd June 2009; EIA Notification, 2006 in para 7 (i), sub section

III exempted from undertaking public hearing for expansion or modernization or

change of product mix in existing projects.

7.2 Disaster Management Plan

An onsite emergency plan is attributed to the response plan that contains and

minimizes the effects due to emergencies within the installations which have a

potential to cause damage to people and facilities within the installation premises.

The On-site and offsite emergency Plan is attached as Annexure 14.

7.3 R&R ACTION PLANS

Rehabilitation and resettlement is not applicable since the project is in KIADB

Industrial Area, Kolhar, Bidar.

7.4 Risk Assessment

The Detailed risk assessment report for the proposed project is enclosed as

Annexure 15.

Page 199 of 263

7.5 COPY OF ToR ISSUED BY SEIAA - Karnataka

Page 200 of 263

Page 201 of 263

Page 202 of 263

Page 203 of 263

Page 204 of 263

Page 205 of 263

Page 206 of 263

7.6 ToR COMPLIANCE REPORT

Page 207 of 263

S.No

Terms of Reference Compliance

A. Standard TOR

1 Executive Summary Brief executive summary is enclosed in pg

no.19

2 Introduction

i. Details of the EIA Consultant including

NABET accreditation

M/s Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd.,

Chennai

NABET Accredited vide Certificate No.

NABET/EIA/1618/SA0015 & MoEF

Recognized Lab vide F. No. Q-

15018/29/2007-CPW)

Details provided in Chapter 11.

ii. Information about the Project Proponent M/s Sri Lakshmi Chemicals established in

July 2010.

Details provided in Chapter 1, Section 1.2.

iii. Importance and Benefits of the Project The Proposed project will play a vital role in

the Active Pharmaceuticals Ingredients

(APIs) and Chemical Intermediates sectors

and thereby address the market demand

and Social benefits.

The proposed project will provide

employment opportunities for skilled and

semiskilled work force.

Details provided in Chapter 8.

3 Project Description

i. Cost of project and Time of completion The cost of the project is INR 3.75 Crores.

Time of completion is 12 months

Page 208 of 263

S.No

Terms of Reference Compliance

Details given in Chapter 2, Section 2.3.

ii. Products with capacities for the proposed

project

Exiting products 1 numbers: 36 MTA .

Total proposed products 8 numbers: 336MTPA.

Detailed Chapter-2, Section 2.4.2 &Tables 2-4.

iii. If expansion project, details of existing

products with capacities and whether

adequate land is available for expansion,

reference of earlier EC if any.

Products details given above. Proposed

expansion is within the existing facility,

additional land is not required. Land

document is enclosed as Annexure 2.

iv. List of Raw materials and their source

with mode of transportation

The list of Raw materials and their source

with mode of transportation of raw materials

are provided in Annexure 6.

v. Other chemicals and materials required

with quantities and storage capacities

Details of storage details provided in

Chapter 2, Section 2.4.4 & Table 2.5.

vi. Details of emission, effluents, hazardous

waste generation and their management

Details on emissions & sources are

provided in Chapter 9, Section 9.4.1&Table 9-2.

Effluents generation, treatment and disposal

methods are detailed in Chapter 4, Section4.2.8.2 and Table 4-7.

Hazardous wastes generation and their

management are detailed in Chapter 2,Section 2.6.5 & Table 2.14.

vii.Requirement of water, power, with source

of supply, status of approval, water

balance diagram, man-power requirement

(regular and contract)

Details on water requirement and source

are provided in Chapter 2, Section 2.6.2 &Table 2.10.

Water balance charts provided in the

Page 209 of 263

S.No

Terms of Reference Compliance

Chapter 2, Section 2.6.2 & Figures 2-9 to2-10, and the same enclosed as Annexure9 & 10.

Details on power requirement and source

are provided in Chapter 2, Section 2.6.3 &Table 2.11.

Details on manpower requirement and

source are provided in Chapter 2, Section2.6.4 & Table 2.12.

viii. Process description along with major

equipments and machineries, process

flow sheet (quantitative) from raw material

to products to be provided

Process description is Attached as

Annexure 4.

The detailed list of machinery & equipments

in the industry installed & proposed to be

procured are provided in the Chapter 2,Section 2.8 and Tables 2-15.

ix. Hazard identification and details of

proposed safety systems

Hazard identification and details are

provided in Chapter 7, Section 7.7.

x. Expansion/ modernization proposals

(a) Copy of all Environmental

Clearance(s) including amendments

thereto obtaining for the project from

MoEF&CC/SEIAA shall be attached

as an Annexure. A certified copy of

the latest monitoring report of the

Regional office of the Ministry of

Environment and Forests as per

circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the

status of compliance of conditions

stipulated in all existing

environmental clearances including

EC and CFE are not obtained for the

existing facility.

Existing CFO and Site monitoring data

submitted to KSPCB are enclosed as

Annexure 1 & 3 respectively.

Page 210 of 263

S.No

Terms of Reference Compliance

Amendments shall be provided. In

addition status of compliance of

Consent to Operate for the ongoing

existing operation of the project from

SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-

EMP report

(b) In case the existing project has not

obtained environmental clearance,

reasons for not obtaining the

provisions of the EIA notification

1994 and/or EIA notification 2006

shall be provided. Copies of Consent

to Establish / No objection certificate

and Consent to Operate (in case of

units operating in prior to EIA

notification 2006, CTE and CTO of

FY 2005-2006) obtained from the

SPCB shall be submitted. Further

compliance report to the conditions of

Consents from the SPCB shall be

submitted.

4 Site Details

i. Location of the project site covering

village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State,

justification for selecting the site. Whether

other sites were considered

Location of the project site is detailed in

Chapter 1, Section 1.4.1.

Alternate sites were not considered,

justification provided in the Chapter 5 &Section 5.2.

ii. A Topo sheet of the study area of

radius of 10Km and site location on

1:50,000/ 1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2

sheet (including al eco-sensitive areas and

environmentally sensitive places)

Topo map of study area is provided in

Chapter 3, Section 3.7.8 and Figure 3-8.

Page 211 of 263

S.No

Terms of Reference Compliance

iii. Details w.r.t option analysis for

selection of site

Alternate sites were not considered,

justification provided in the Chapter 5,Section 5.2.

iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four

corners of the site

Site coordinates of all the corners Provided

in Chapter 1, Section 1.4.1 & Table 1-2.

v. Google map Earth downloaded of the

project site

Satellite imageries of the Environment

Sensitive Area with Distances within 15 km

radius is provided in the Figure 2-1 and 10,

5 & 1km radius are appended in Figures 2-2 to 2-4 respectively. Chapter 2, Section2.2.

vi. Layout maps including existing unit

as well as proposed unit indicating storage

area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities

etc. If located within an industrial

area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial

indicating location of unit within the

Industrial area/Estate.

Plant layout indicating storage area, plant

area, greenbelt area, utilities etc attached as

Annexure-8.

vii. Photographs of the proposed and

existing (if applicable) plant site, existing,

show photographs of

plantations/greenbelt, in particular

The sites photographs are appended in

Chapter 2, Section 2.5 & Figure 2-8.

viii. Land use break-up of total land of the

project site (indicate and acquired),

government/ private- agriculture, forest,

wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc

shall be included (not required for

industrial area)

The Land use break-up of total land is

provided in the Chapter 2, Section 2.5 &Tables 2-8 & 9.

ix. A list of major industries with name

and type within the study area (10 km

radius) shall be incorporated. Land use

details of the study area)

List of major industries with name and type

within the study area (10 km radius) is

provided in the Chapter 2, Section 2.2.1 &

Page 212 of 263

S.No

Terms of Reference Compliance

Table 2.1.

x. Geological features and Geo-

hydrological status of the study area shall

be included.

Geo-hydrological status of Bidar District is

provided in Chapter 3, Section 3.7.11 andFigure 3-11.

xi. Details of drainage of the project upto

5km radius of the study area. If the site is

within 1Km radius of any major river, peak

and lean season river discharge as well as

flood occurrence frequency based on peak

rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of

Flood Level of the project site and

maximum of Flood of the river shall also be

provided (mega green field projects)

Drainage map of the study area showing

10Km is appended in Chapter 3, Section3.7.12 and Figure 3-12.

xii. Status of acquisition of land. If

acquisition is not complete, stage of the

acquisition process and expected time of

complete procession of the land.

Land document enclosed as Annexure-2.

xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line

with state Government policy

Not applicable. The project site is in the

designated KIADB industrial area.

5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable)

i. Permission and approvals for the use

of forest land (forestry clearance), if any,

and recommendations of the State Forest

Department (if applicable)

Not Applicable.

ii. Land use map based on High

resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the

proposed site delineating the forest land (in

case of projects involving forest land more

than 40 Ha)

Not Applicable.

iii. Status of application submitted for

obtaining the stage of Forest Clearance

Not Applicable.

Page 213 of 263

S.No

Terms of Reference Compliance

along with latest status shall be submitted

iv. The projects to be located within 10

Km of the National parks, Sanctuaries,

Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of

Wild Animals, the project proponent shall

submit the map duly authenticated by Chief

Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-

à-vis the project location and the

recommendations or comments of the Chief

Wildlife Warden-thereon.

Not Applicable.

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly

authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden

of the State Government for conservation of

schedule of fauna, if any exists in the study

area.

Not Applicable.

vi. Copy of application submitted for

clearance under the Wildlife (Protection)

Act, 1972 to the Standing Committee of the

National Board for Wildlife.

Not Applicable.

6 Environmental Status

i. Determination of atmospheric inversion

level at the project site and site-specific

micrometeorological date using

temperature, relative humidity, hourly

wind speed and direction and rainfall

The daily inversion level at the project site

varies from 50 m to 1750 m during 6 AM to

6 PM, the maximum recorded at 5 PM,

December 2016.

Details given in Chapter 3, Section 3.8.4.1.

ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8

locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO

and other parameters relevant to the

project shall be collected. The monitoring

stations shall be based on CPCB

guidelines and take into account the pre-

dominant wind direction, population zone,

AAQ locations detail is provided in the

Chapter 3, Section 3.8.5.1 and Tables 3-6,and monitoring results are provided in the

Section 3.8.5.3 Table 3-8 & Table 3-9.

Page 214 of 263

S.No

Terms of Reference Compliance

sensitive receptors including reserved

forests.

iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12

weeks of all stations as per frequency

given in the NAAQM notification of Nov.

2009 along with- min-max, average and

98% values for each of the AAQ

parameters from data of all AAQ stations

should be provided as an annexure to the

EIA report

Details provided in the Chapter 3, Section3.8.5.3 and Table 3-10 to Table 3-15.

iv. Surface water quality of nearby River

(1000m upstream and downstream of

discharge point) and other surface drains

at eight locations as per CPCB/

MoEF&CC guidelines.

Surface water quality at eight locations is

provided in the Chapter 3, Section 3.10.1.1and Table 3-19.

v. Whether the site falls near to polluted

stretch of river identified by the

CPCB/MoEF& CC, if yes give details

No.

vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum 8

locations shall be included

Ground water monitoring results were

provided in the Chapter 3, Section 3.10.2.1and Table 3-22.

vii.Noise level monitoring at minimum 8

locations shall be included

Noise level monitoring results were provided

in the Chapter 3, Section 3.9 and Table3.16.

viii. Soil characteristics as per CPCB

guidelines

Soil samples analysis results were provided

in the Chapter 3, Section 3.11.1 and Table3.24.

ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles,

frequency of vehicles for transportation of

materials, additional traffic due to

proposed project, parking arrangement

etc.

Since the proposed expansion is within the

existing facility located in KIADB industrial

area, the traffic impact may be insignificant.

Page 215 of 263

S.No

Terms of Reference Compliance

x. Detailed description of flora and fauna

(terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the

study area shall be given with special

reference to rare, endemic and

endangered species. If schedule-I fauna

and found within the study area, a

Wildlife Conservation plan shall be

prepared and furnished

Flora and Fauna found within the study area

are provided in the Chapter 3, Section 3.12and Tables 3-25 to 3-27.

xi. Socio-economic status of the study area Socio-economic status of the study area is

provided in the Chapter 3, Section 3.13.

7 Impact and Environmental Management Plan

i. Assessment of ground level

concentration of pollutants from the

stack emission based on site-specific

meteorological features. In case the

project is located on a hilly terrain, AQIP

modeling shall be done using inputs of

the specific terrain characteristics for

determining the potential impacts of the

project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact

of all sources of emissions (including

transportation) on the AAQ of the area

shall be assessed.

The ground level concentration of pollutants

(PM, SO2, NO2) using AERMOD software

were assessed and presented in Chapter 4,Section 4.2.3.3 & Tables 4-3 to 4-6.

The impact envisaged is minimum.

ii. Details of the model used and the input

data used for modeling shall also be

provided. The air quality contours shall

be plotted on a location map showing

the location of the project site, habitation

nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

AERMOD Software Version 7.5.0 was used

for air dispersion modeling.

Chapter 4, Sections 4.2.3.3 and Figures4-1 to 4-3.

iii. Water quality modeling- in case of

discharge in water body

Not Applicable.

Page 216 of 263

S.No

Terms of Reference Compliance

Effluent will be treated in ZLD plant.

iv. Impact of the transport of raw material

and end products on the surrounding

environment shall be assessed and

provided. In this regard, options for

transport of raw materials and finished

products and wastes (large quantities)

by rail or rail-cum road transport or

conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be

examined.

Transport of raw materials and finished

products and wastes through road ways

only.

v. A note on treatment of waste water from

different plant operations, extent

recycled and reused for different

purposes shall be included. Complete

scheme of effluent treatment,

characteristics of untreated and treated

effluent to meet the prescribed

standards of discharge under E(P) rules.

Wastewater treatment and disposal details

are provided in the Chapter 4, Section4.2.8.2.

vi. Details of stack emission and action

plan for control of emissions to meet

standards.

Details of stack emission and control

measures (APC) are provided in the

Chapter 9, Section 9.4.1 & Table 9-2.

vii. Measures for fugitive emission control Fugitive emission control details provided in

the Chapter 9 & Section 9.4.1

viii. Details of hazardous waste generation

and their storage, utilization and

management, Copies of MOU regarding

utilization of solid and hazardous waste

in cement plant also be included. EMP

shall include the concept of waste-

minimization, recycle/ reuse/recover

techniques, Energy conservation, and

natural resource conservation.

Details of hazardous waste generation and

their storage and disposal methods are

provided in the Chapter 2, Section 2.6.5 &Table 2-14.

Recycle/ reuse technique is detailed the

Chapter 2, Section 2.4.5.

Page 217 of 263

S.No

Terms of Reference Compliance

ix. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be

ensured as per Fly Ash notification,

2009. A detailed plan of action shall be

provided.

Dedicated storage facility is available at the

site for Fly Ash storage. Fly Ash will be sent

to Bricks manufacturer periodically.

x. Acton plan for the green belt

development plan in 33% area i.e., land

with not less than 1500 trees per Ha.

Giving details of Species, width of

plantation, planning schedule etc. shall

be included. The green belt shall be

around the project boundary and a

scheme for greening of the roads used

for the project shall also be

incorporated.

The Greenbelt details are provided in the

Chapter 6, Section 6.5.

The total land area is 5056 sq m (1.25

Acres). The Greenbelt area is 1845 Sq. mt

(0.45 Acres, 36.5 %).

xi. Action plan for rain water harvesting

measures at plant site shall be

submitted to harvest rainwater from the

roof tops and storm water drains to

recharge the ground water and also to

use for the various activities at the

project site to conserve fresh water and

reuse the water requirement from other

sources.

Rainwater Harvesting & Groundwater

Recharging and storm water management

are detailed in the Chapter 9, Section 9.9.

xii. Total capital cost and recurring cost

/annum for environmental pollution

control measures shall be included.

Total capital cost and recurring cost /annum

for environmental pollution control measures

is detailed in the Chapter 6, Section 6.8 &Table 6-2.

xiii. Action plan for Post-project

environmental monitoring shall be

submitted

Action plan for Post-project environmental

monitoring, is detailed in the Chapter 6,Section 6.4 & Table 6.1.

xiv. Onsite and offsite Disaster (natural and

Man-made) preparedness and

On-site emergency plans are enclosed as

Annexure-14.

Page 218 of 263

S.No

Terms of Reference Compliance

Emergency Management Plan including

Risk Assessment and damage control.

Disaster Management Plan should be

linked with District Disaster

Management Plan.

8 Occupational Health

1. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the

occupational health & safety of all

contract and casual workers

Plan and fund allocation to ensure the

occupational health & safety of all contract

and casual workers is detailed in the

Chapter 9, Section 9.7.

2. Details of exposure specific health

status evaluation of worker. If the

worker’s health is being evaluated by

pre-designed format, chest x-rays,

Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing

(Far and near vision, colour vision and

any other ocular defect), ECG, during

pre-placement and periodical

examinations give the details of the

same. Details regarding last month

analyzed data of above mentioned

parameters as per age, sex, duration of

exposure and department wise.

Details provided in the Chapter 9, Section9.7.2.

Annual Medical report of employees is

enclosed as Annexure 16.

3. Details of existing Occupational & Safety

Hazards. What are the exposure levels

of hazards and whether they are

Permissible Exposure level (PEL) if

these are not within PEL, what

measures the company has adopted to

keep them within PEL. So that health of

the workers can be preserved.

Details of occupational & Safety Hazards

are provided in the Chapter 7, Section 7.7.

4. Annual report of health status of workers Medical report is enclosed as Annexure 16.

Page 219 of 263

S.No

Terms of Reference Compliance

with special reference to Occupational

Health and Safety

9 Corporate Environment Policy

i. Does the company have a well laid

down Environmental Policy approved by

its Board of Directors? If so, it may be

detailed in the EIA report

Yes.

Environmental Policy is appended in

Chapter 9, Section 9.7.3 and Figure 9.3.

ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe

for standard operating

process/procedures to bring into focus

any infringement/ deviation/ violation of

the environemnt or forest norms/

conditions? If so, it may be detailed in

the EIA

Yes.

Environmental Policy is appended in

Chapter 9, Section 9.7.3 and Figure 9.3.

iii. What is the hierarchical system or

Administrative order of the company to

deal with the environemntsl issues and

for ensuring compliance with the

environmental clearance conditions?

Details of this system may be given.

Hierarchical system or Administrative order

of the company to deal with the

environmental issues and for ensuring

compliance is provided in Chapter 6,Section 6.7 & Figure 6.1.

iv. Does the company have system of

reporting of non-compliances/ violations

of environemntal norms to the Board of

Directors of the company and/or

Stakeholders or stakeholders at large?

This reporting mechanism shall be

detailed in the EIA report

Reporting mechanism provided in Chapter9, Section 9.3.1 & Figure 9.1 & Table 9-1.

10 Details regarding infrastructure facilities

such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be

provided to the labour force during

construction as well as to the casual

The site layout plan indicating all the

facilities is enclosed as Annexure-8.

Page 220 of 263

S.No

Terms of Reference Compliance

workers including truck drivers during

operation phase.

11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5% of the

project cost) shall be earmarked towards

the Enterprise Social Commitment

based on public Hearing issues and

item-wise details along with the bound

action plan shall be included. Socio-

Economic development activities need

to be elaborated upon.

The project site is in designated industrial

area; hence the public Hearing is exempted.

12 Any litigation pending against the project

and/ or any direction/ order passed by any

Court of Law against the project, if so,

details thereof shall also be included. Has

the unit received any notice under the

section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act,

1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water

Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance

/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of

the case.

No.

13 A tabular chart with index for point wise

compliance of above TOR

Point wise ToR compliance is provided in

the Chapter 7 & Section 7.6

B. Specific Terms of Reference for EIA studies for Synthetic Organic Chemicals Industry(Dyes & Dye Intermediates; Bulk Drugs and Intermediates Excluding DrugFormulations; Synthetic Rubbers; Basic Organic Chemicals, Other Synthetic OrganicChemicals and Chemical Intermediates)

1 Details on solvents to be used, measures for

solvent recovery and for emissions control.

Details on solvents to be used, measures

for solvent recovery is provided in the

Chapter 2, Section 2.4.5 & Table 2.6

Emissions control measure is provided in

Page 221 of 263

S.No

Terms of Reference Compliance

the Chapter 9, Section 9.4.1.

2 Details of process emissions from the

proposed unit and its arrangement to control

Emissions control measure is provided in

the Chapter 9, Section 9.4.1.

3 Ambient air quality data should include VOC,

other process specific pollutants like NH3,

Chlorine, HCl, HBr, H2S, HF, etc., (as

applicable)

Details provided in the Chapter 3, Section3.8.5.3 and Tables 3-8 & 3-9.

4 Work zone monitoring arrangements for

hazardous chemicals

Details provided in the Chapter 9, Section9.5.4.

5 Detailed effluent treatment scheme including

segregation of effluent streams for units

adopting ‘Zero ‘Liquid discharge.

Detailed effluent treatment scheme

including segregation of effluent streams for

units adopting ‘Zero ‘Liquid discharge is

provided in the Chapter 4 & Section4.2.8.2.

6 Action Plan for odour control to be submitted Details provided in the Chapter 9, Section9.4.1.

7 A copy of the Memorandum of

Understanding signed with cement

manufacturers indicating clearly that they c

o-process organic solid/hazardous waste

generated

Details of hazardous waste generation and

their storage and disposal methods are

provided in the Chapter 2, Section 2.6.5and Table 2-14.

8 Authorization/Membership for the disposal of

liquid effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous

waste in TSDF, if any

Facility is ZLD.

TSDF agreement is enclosed as Annexure12.

9 Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts This shall be disposed off to TSDF as this

being hazardous waste.

10 Material safety data sheet for all the

chemicals being used/will be used

Products MSDS Annexure-5 and Raw

materials MSDS Annexure-7.

Page 222 of 263

S.No

Terms of Reference Compliance

11 Details of incinerator if to be installed. No incineration activity in the facility.

12 Risk assessment for storage and handling of

hazardous chemicals/solvents. Action plan

for handling & safety system to be

incorporated

Risk Assessments are enclosed as

Annexure-15.

13 Arrangements for ensuring health and safety

of workers engaged in handling of toxic

materials

Detail on health and safety of workers is

provided in the Chapter 9, Section 9.7.

Additional TOR’s

1. Compliance to CFO conditions as well as

notice issued by the KSPCB and status of

the industry.

Existing CFO is enclosed as Annexure 1and Monitoring report submitted to KSPCB

is enclosed as Annexure 3.

Industry status: Closed.

2. Justification for number of products and

number of reactors provided.

Chapter-2, Section 2.4.2 & Table 2-4Proposed Products with Capacity.

List of Michinery & Eqiupments is provided

in the Chapter-2, Section 2.8 & Table 2-15.

Justification for the number of products and

number of reactors are provided in Chapter-2, Section 2.8.

3. Material balance and mass balance for all

the products

Enclosed as Annexure 4.

4. Detailed study of the soil analysis inside the

premises of the industry is to be done and

provided

Soil samples analysis results were provided

in the Chapter 3, Section 3.11 and Table3-24.

5. Raw material to product and Product to

Waste generation ration for each product to

Enclosed as Annexure 4.

Page 223 of 263

S.No

Terms of Reference Compliance

be given.

6. Impact on the adjacent agriculture land due

to this activity as the proponent is using toxic

raw materials and produces toxic wastes

which may ultimately reach adjoining areas.

M/S. Srilakshmi Chemicals (SLC) is situated

in KIADB (Karnataka Industrial Area

development Board) industrial area.

The raw materials are properly stored and

hadled in closed atmosphere, the raw

materials list is provided in the Annexure 6.

The APC measures are provided in Chapter9, Section 9.4.1 & Table 9-2.

7. Water analysis is to be done for all the

parameters for all the nearby borewells.

Details provided in the Chapter 3, Section3.10.2.1 and Table 3-22.

8. Details of adjecent industries and impact on

the same from this industry.

Adjecent industries details provided in the

Chapter 2, Section 2.2.1 & Table 2-1.

The baseline study during the study period

reveals that no adverse impact on the

environment.

Ambient Air Quality results are well within

the National Ambient Air Quality Standards

for Industrial, Commercial and Residential

areas at all monitoring locations

Air Quality results are provided in Chapter3, Section 3.8.5.3 and Tables 3-8 & 3-9.

Noise: The ambient noise levels in both

Industrial area and in Residential area noise

are slightly exceeded the limit prescribed by

MoEF & CC; Chapter 3, Section 3.9 &Table 3-16.

Water environment is expplained in

Page 224 of 263

S.No

Terms of Reference Compliance

Chapter 3, Section 3.10. Surface water

results Table 3-19 & Ground water results

Table 3-22.

Soil: Soil quality monitoring results are

given in Chapter 3, Section 3.11.1 Table3-24.

9. Existing greenbelt details and proposed with

design to be provided.

The total land area is 5056 sq m (1.25

Acres) and the Greenbelt area is 1845 Sq.

mt (0.45 Acres, 36.5 %).

Existing and proposed greenbelt details

provided in the Chapter 6, Section 6.5.

10. MEE is not in the present layout plan. This

shall be incorporated and modofied layout

plan and scheme and design including

capacity of the same to be provided.

Layout plan is enclosed as Annexure 8.

MEE location is shown in the layout.

MEE scheme and design , Annexure 13.

11. Scheme for Storage and disposal of

hazardous waste as per the hazardous

waste handling and disposal rule to be

provided.

Hazardous waste Management is provided

in the Chapter 2, Section 2.6.5 and Table2-14.

12. Storage and handling method of bromine in

the process.

Stored in a Wooden box filled with sand and

kept in Cool & Dry Place

13. Alternative solvent to Chloroform and EDC in

the process may be given.

It is a process demand, so could not be

replaced.

14. Safety measures taken in the hydrogenation

process to be explained in EIA and explore

the possibility of using alternative catalysts

for hydrogenation process.

Hydrogenation process will be carried out in

completely protected manner.

It is a process demand, so could not be

replaced.

Page 225 of 263

S.No

Terms of Reference Compliance

15. In the monitoring protocols of ambient air,

VOC to be incorporated.

Included.

Air Quality results are provided in Chapter3, Section 3.8.5.3 and Table 3-9.

16. Solvent storage and solvent recovery to be

explained. Explain the % of loss, % of

recovery and disposal of recovered solvents

with sheme is to be furnished.

Solvent storage and recovery details are

provided in the Chapter 2, Section 2.4.5and Table 2-6.

17. Green Chemistry adopted in the process to

be highlighted and explained.

Wherever possible the solvents will be

recovered and re-used. The raw materials

requirement are kept optimum.

Too many byproducts are salable, details

provided in the process and materials

balance Annexure 4.

18. List of banned chemicals to be provided with

alternative chemicals to replace the banned

chemicals.

SLC is not using any banned chemicals.

19. Recent baseline data generated by the

KSPCB/CPCB if any and this shall be

compared with the previous baseline data

generated by the industry.

Baseline data not generated by the

KSPCB/CPCB.

7.7 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND SAFETY SYSTEM

Hazard Identified In the Factory

1. Health hazard due to exposure to chemicals and chemical spillages.

2. Fire hazard due to use of flammable chemicals.

3. Fire and explosion hazard due to various chemical reactions.

Page 226 of 263

Scenario Based Emergency Actions

1. Action plan in case of Solvent leakage from flange joints or from bottom valve

etc.,

a. Shift In-charge / Department Head shall be informed immediately.

b. Access the situation.

c. Only trained personnel shall approach the area using suitable personnel

protective equipments.

d. Stop leakage by closing isolation valve.

e. Stop hot work in surrounding area.

f. Isolate the power supply of the respective area.

g. Other than the needy all shall evacuate the area.

h. Cover drains / isolate from other plants with the help of sand or soil.

i. Affected persons shall move to fresh air and seek medical help further.

2. Action plan in case of Fire in Centrifuge due to Solvent vapors

a. Shout and break MCP

b. Trained personnel shall fight the fire with suitable PPEs.

c. Extinguish fire with DCP / CO2 / Foam extinguisher.

d. In case the fire not controlled with the use of portable fire extinguishers, start

fighting by using fire hydrant system with mobile foam unit.

e. Other than the needy all shall evacuate the area.

f. Close valves on solvent pipe lines.

g. Cooldown MLR tank by water spray.

h. Isolate the power supply of the respective area.

i. Close / isolate the drains with sand or soil.

j. Affected persons should be given first aid and moved for medical attention.

3. Action plan in case of Fire or Explosion

Page 227 of 263

a. Shout and break MCP.

b. Trained personnel shall fight the fire with suitable PPEs.

c. Extinguish with DCP / CO2 / Foam Extinguishers installed at site.

d. In case the fire not controlled with the use of portable fire extinguishers, start

fighting by using fire hydrant system and use mobile foam unit for solvent

fire.

e. Isolate the power supply of the respective area.

f. Other than the needy all shall evacuate the area.

g. Cooldown nearby receivers / service tank, reactors etc by water spray.

h. Isolate interconnection of tanks, reactors, service tank, charging valves,

receivers etc.

i. Other pipelines are to be checked for isolation.

j. Close / isolate the drains with sand or soil.

k. Affected persons shall be given first aid and moved for medical attention.

4. Action plan in case of Toxic Release

a. Shift In-charge / Department Head shall be informed immediately.

b. Only trained personnel shall approach the area using suitable personnel

protective equipments like SCBA.

c. Check the wind direction; decide route of escape and evacuating persons

shall run perpendicular to the wind direction and not against / along the wind

direction.

d. Evacuating personnel should use wet handkerchief on their nose.

e. Inform the neighbourhood if required and if they are likely to be affected.

f. Ensure that only essential personnel are in the affected areas.

Page 228 of 263

g. Rescue the persons trapped / injured.

h. Person present in other buildings should close their windows and doors to

prevent any entry of leaked gases.

i. Trace the source of leakage or spillage and isolate the system from other

equipment.

j. Isolate the electrical supply to the affected area.

k. Trap the leakage into a suitable scrubber.

l. Affected persons shall be given first aid and moved for medical attention.

5. Action plan in case of Electric Fire or Shock

a. Isolate the power supply to the affected area immediately before approaching

the site.

b. Do not use water for extinguishing the fire. Use CO2 type or DCP type or dry

sand to extinguishing the fire.

c. Remove any flammable or combustible material from the vicinity of the

incident.

d. Remove the affected person to an open area and check his breathing.

e. If he is unconscious and not breathing initiate artificial resuscitation

procedure.

f. Do first aid for any burn injury.

g. Physically isolate the burnt electrical components. Do not energize till the

entire circuitry is checked with megger or other devices with safety

mechanisms.

6. Action plan in case of leakage or rupture of Solvent / Fuel storage tanks

a. Area shall be evacuated immediately and cordoned off.

Page 229 of 263

b. Affected persons shall be thoroughly washed using clean water and given

necessary medical aid.

c. Personnel entering the area should make use of suitable personnel

protective equipments.

d. Leaked tank must be depressurized immediately by transferring remaining

quantity into another tank or container.

e. Leakage source must be traced and plugged.

f. Isolate the nearby electrical points and prevent any fire being brought

nearby. As a precaution mobilize extra fire extinguishers to the spot to tackle

fire if caught. Spilled material spreading should be contained in a dyke and

transferred to container or it must be absorbed on sand or earth.

g. The contaminated sand or earth must be neutralized and then dumped at

safe place or burned in the fire pit. (flammable liquids should not be absorbed

by combustible solids like saw dust or combustible fibres)

h. If a spilled material in to the trench of electrical cables, then it shall be

drained with natural gradient and wash with large quantity of water

continuously after de energising the cable.

i. If a spilled material gets into the storm water drain or sewer line then it must

be flushed with a continuous flow of large stream of clean water till it is

neutralized fully.

7. Action plan in case of Compressed Gas Cylinder Leakage

a. Move the cylinders to well ventilated area, and barricade the area. Never try

to repair the leaks when the equipment under pressure.

b. Immediately contact supplier to get the necessary information and help.

c. If fire catches to cylinder, do not try to extinguish the cylinder fire. Only cool

(by pouring water) and protect the nearby equipments from the safe distance.

8. Action plan in case of Cryogenic Gas (Liquid Nitrogen) Leakage

Page 230 of 263

a. Allow the spillage to evaporate by providing good ventilation.

b. If you feel the ventilation is insufficient, immediately evacuate the area.

9. Action plan in case of Water Reactive Chemical Spillage

a. Do not put water on the spill.

b. If it is liquid, use neutralizing agent and inert material like dry sand to absorb

spillage.

c. If it is powder / crystalline, avoid generating dusty conditions, sweep up

material.

d. Placed to bag, label the bag and send to ETP for safe disposal.

e. Decontaminate spill site with suitable neutralizing material.

f. Wash the spill area.

10. Action plan in case of Leakage through Pipe Line, Barrel / Drum

a. If the leak in a pipe line, immediately stop the supply to corresponding pipe

line

b. If the leak in a barrel or drum, do not move or transport that barrel or drum.

c. Immediately transfer that content to another non leak barrel or drum.

d. Transferred barrel / drum should be compatible with the material.

e. After the material transferred, empty drums are to be neutralized, washed

and then send to ETP for safe disposal.

f. To remove the spilled material from that area, procedure to be followed

based on the nature of material / chemical.

Page 231 of 263

CHAPTER – 8Project Benefits

Page 232 of 263

8. PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 PROJECT BENEFITS

The project is of commercial manufacturing of Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients

and Chemical Intermediates that will play a vital role in the respective sector thereby

address the market demand and Social benefits.

The products manufactured at this facility will be exported that will aid in adding to

the revenue of the nation.

The corporate social responsibilities which are taken up by the company will

improve the well-being of the society and the corporate responsibilities towards the

protection of the environment will help in conserving the ecosystem.

It will also provide employment opportunities for additional population.

Page 233 of 263

CHAPTER – 9Environmental Management Plan

Page 234 of 263

9. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9.1 Introduction

This Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for the M/s. Sri Lakshmi Chemicals,

identifies the principles, procedures and methods that will be used to control and

minimize the environmental impacts of the proposed operational activities

associated with the expansion project development. It is intended to ensure that

commitments made by the Sri Lakshmi Chemicals to minimize project related

environmental and social impacts.

As part of our ongoing commitment to excellence in environmental and social

performance we will ensure the following:

Fulfill all environmental conditions associated with project approvals.

Develop, promote and foster a shared sense of responsibility for

environmental and performance of the project.

Promote environmental awareness and understanding among employees

and contractors through training, identification of roles and responsibilities

towards environmental management

Linking project performance to overall environmental performance.

To monitor the environmental performance throughout the project and

implement an adaptive management approach for continuous improvement

and to meet the regulations.

9.2 Objectives of EMP

To suggest the formation of a core group (Environment Management Cell)

responsible for implementation of environmental control & protective

measures as well as monitoring of such implementation.

To ensure project components are compliant with all laws and approval

conditions.

Continue baseline monitoring

Facilitate a continual review of post construction and operation activities.

To suggest preventive and mitigation measures to minimize adverse impact

and to maximize beneficial impacts like.

Page 235 of 263

Preparation of afforestation or Greenbelt Development scheme.

Preparation of rain water harvesting scheme and energy conservation

actions

To prepare a capital cost estimate and annual recurring cost for

Environmental Management Plan.

To prepare a detailed action plan for implementation of mitigation measures.

Measure the effectiveness and success of proposed mitigation measures

9.3 EMP Roles and Responsibilities

9.3.1 Environmental Management Cell

All the activities will be monitored to ensure the appropriate implementation

of all environmental mitigation activities and to identify areas where

environmental management plan compliance is not satisfied.

For effective implementation of the system, it is also necessary to have a

permanent organizational set-up. Company has set-up permanent

Environmental Management Cell (EMC) for the effective implementation and

monitoring of environmental management system.

The company assigned responsibility to the concerned for implementation of

environmental control measures.

The Environmental Management Cell (EMC) set-up by the company is given

in the below Figure 9-1.

Figure 9-1 Environmental Management Cell

EHS Head

GM.Manager

ProductionManager

Executive

Supervisor Operator

Page 236 of 263

This section describes the organizational structure and responsibilities for

implementation of the EMP as shown below in Table 9-1.

Executive Director of the company will be responsible for total environmental

management.

Table 9-1 EMC Responsibility

S. No. Name &Designation Responsibilities

1

Executive Director(Mr.SAMINENISURESH ANDMADHU)

Establish an environment management cell. Responsible for overall environmental management. Regularly

coordinate with GM and take feedback regarding all theactivities performed under EMC and give directions tosucceeding component.

Provide sufficient funds for environmental management cell toreduce the environment impacts.

2 GM – Operations(Mr.KAMESH)

Keep aware the Management about all the activities performedunder EMC.

To ensure and study the feasibility of ETP working consideringthe present and future requirements and to suggest forimprovements if any.

To ensure, implement and follow all the required safetyprocedures & facilities, avoid the unsafe act & conditions,organizing safety trainings, mock drills, availability of onsite &off site emergency plans. Plan & implement Good safetycommittee.

3 Dept head(Mr.DINESH PATIL)

Treatment and disposal of trade effluents and sewage effluentas per consent.

Carryout ambient air quality monitoring as per consent. Monitoring the stack / chimney. Hazardous waste management handling and disposal. Plant and maintain adequate numbers of trees and gardens

around the Industry Applying and getting the consent of operation of air & water

and authorization to store the hazardous waste Prepare Management Information System (MIS) reports and

budget for environment management program. To deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring

compliance with the conditions Non compliance / violation of environmental norms, if any are

reported to GM and immediate required action is taken.4 Executive / Officers

Preparation of SOP related documents.

Page 237 of 263

JAGADISH,MANOHAR ANDPREM

Sampling the effluent at different stages and analyzing tocheck the efficiency of the plant such as pH, COD, BOD, TDS,TSS, MLSS, VFA and alkalinity.

Record the readings in the log sheet and preparation of dailyreport.

Coordinating with outside agency to carry out the AAQ, stack,Fugitive emission, noise level monitoring and water qualityparameters checking.

Preparation of monthly returns. Ensuring Plant and Process Safety

In addition to the above, company will have Safety, Health & Environment (SHE)

policy to adhere with standard operating process in order to comply with the

statutory and bring into focus any infringement of any norms and directives with

regards to the SHE and to take further corrective actions.

9.4 EMP for Operational Phase

Monitoring during the operation phase shall reflect those environmental and socio-

economic issues that may persist upon completion of construction activities.

Monitoring shall focus on evaluating the effectiveness of project mitigation

measures and continue baseline monitoring and sampling. The mitigation measures

to prevent adverse impact during the operation phase of the project shall focus on

the following:

1. Air quality

2. Noise environment

3. Water quality and water resources

4. Solid and hazardous waste

5. Land environment

6. Ecology

7. Socio Economic

9.4.1 Air Quality

The major source of emission is from Boiler, reactor stacks & DG stack. The details

of proposed source of air pollution & corresponding Air Pollution control equipment

are already given in Chapter 4 Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures.

Page 238 of 263

APC measures are adequate stack height to disperse the pollutants. Boiler is

provided with cyclone separator to control the pollutants. Adequate green belt has

been developed to mitigate the pollution arising due to movement of vehicles.

Regular monitoring of DG-Stack and Ambient air quality will be carried out.

Table 9-2 Air Pollution Control Measures

S. No. Description of Source ofGeneration APC measures Proposed

Point of Discharge height inMetres

Actual (AGL) KSPCB/CFO

1Reactor Acid fumeemission from ProductionBlocks

Individual scrubber andstacks (4 Nos) 9 3 ARL

2 Boiler 2 TPH Coal fired Stack 21 28AGL

3

DG 1 x 200 KVA Individual Stacks ( 1 Nos) 11 5 ARL

DG 1 x 200 KVA-Proposed Individual Stacks 11 5 ARL

Fugitive emission control

Sri Lakshmi Chemicals has some action plan to control fugitive emission fromreactors. The following is the action plan

The outfall of reactor is connected to primary condenser,

Then outlet of primary condenser is passes through the secondary condenser,emission passes through condenser will get condense.

The condensed emission will be recycled to process.

From vapor condenser cloud it again recycled to reactor,

In case of leakage of emission due to damage will detect manually and repairhappen.

Thus the fugitive emission is arrested

Odour Control

All the waste generated are properly stored and disposed.

Page 239 of 263

The emissions are properly vent out through stacks of adequate height.

All the chemicals including products are handled in closed manner to control

the odour.

9.4.2 Noise Environment

The major source of noise pollution in the industry is DG sets, boilers, reactors, Air

compressors, Boiler feed water pumps. DG sets are provided with integral acoustic

enclosures. Also the ambient noise levels will be ensured within the ambient

standards by inbuilt design of mechanical equipment and buildings apart from

vegetation along the periphery and at various locations within the industry premises.

The plant will be specifically designed with due consideration on minimizing noise

pollution. Higher noise levels will be felt only near the active working areas and

therefore the workers are provided with personal protective equipment as a safety

measure.

Following measures are proposed to mitigate negative impact of operation phase of

the project on the surrounding noise environment.

i. All the noise generating equipments will be designed / operated to ensure

that noise level does not exceed 75-70 dB (A) at plant boundary as per the

requirement of Central / State Pollution Control Board.

ii. Noise generating sources will be maintained properly to minimize noise

generated by them.

iii. Wherever feasible, acoustic enclosures will be provided for compressors, DG

iv. Compliance with noise control norms will be given due importance at the time

of purchase of various equipments and it will be mentioned while placing the

purchase orders and guarantee for noise standards will be sought from

suppliers.

v. Moreover, all the personnel working in other high noise generating areas too

will be provided with sufficient ear protecting devices.

vi. Green belt will act as a noise barrier.

vii. Training will be imparted to personnel to generate awareness about effects of

noise and importance of using PPEs.

Page 240 of 263

9.4.3 Water and Wastewater Management

Total water requirement is 24.8 KLD of which fresh water requirement is 13.3 KLD;

Water source from the KIADB and Private tankers.

Zero liquid discharge system will be maintained in the facilities. The wastewater

management is detailed in the Chapter 4 & Section 4.2.8.2.

9.4.4 Solid and Hazardous waste Management

Solid and hazardous wastes generated in the facility and their disposal methods are

detailed in the Chapter 2 & Section 2.6.5.

9.4.4.1 Solvent Recovery

Solvent Recovery & Re-Use is detailed in the Chapter 2 and Section 2.4.5.

9.4.4.2 Land Environment

Following measures are proposed to mitigate negative impact during operational

phase of the project on the land environment.

Air emissions are effectively controlled by use of scrubbers and therefore

deposition of air pollutants in and around the premises and surrounding area is

not envisaged.

Disposal of solid waste is carried out through authorized vendor.

Plant is being maintained ZLD. No effluent is discharged directly on land without

treatment., impact on the land environment is not envisaged.

Hazardous materials are prohibited to be drained or dumped in the premises.

Accidental spills shall be cleaned, reported and monitored.

Thus, no impact on land is envisaged due to discharge of gaseous emission,

solid waste or liquid effluent from the proposed increment in the production

capacity.

9.4.5 Ecology

The proposed project is equipped with the treatment system and the treated effluent

will be recycled to cooling tower and boiler feed through softener. Solid wastes

generated during the operation phase are disposed off through authorized vendor

Page 241 of 263

and hence no impact is anticipated due to solid waste in and around the site. The

air pollution control devices are already in place in the facility will control release of

air pollutants to a greater extent, however green belt consisting of shrubs and trees

around the periphery of the site has been planned to intercept and arrest air

pollutants released at various heights and to attenuate the increased quantity of air

pollutants released into the environment. It is expected that the ecology of the

region is preserved by these mitigation measures.

9.4.6 Socio – Economic Environment

Due to the proposed project various modes of indirect employment i.e.

transportation, increased business opportunities to shopkeepers, small scale

business entrepreneurs etc. will help for the development of local area.

9.5 AVAILABLE SAFETY SYSTEMS

9.5.1 Fire Hydrant System

A pressurized (7 kg/cm2); automatically operated Fire Hydrant System has been

installed in the plant with rings and wet risers around all blocks to achieve maximum

coverage. Water reservoir of 200 m3 (Hydrant Tank) capacity is provided for

approximately 2 hr fire fighting. Following are the details of the system.

Jockey pump of 40 m3/hrs @ 60m head capacity with pressure switches

Main electrical pump of 130 m3/hrs @ 70m head capacity pressure switchesand delivers water at 6 kg/cm2

Yard Hydrant points - 8 Nos.

Hose Boxes – 7 Nos. (Each Hose Box contains 2 Nos. of hoses and 1 No. ofNozzle)

Hose Reel Drums – 1 Nos.

Foam Concentrate tank of capacity 1000 Lts

Water Monitor – 1 No.

Mobile Foam Unit

Two way fire brigade inlet

Page 242 of 263

Automatic sprinkler system in chemical storage tank area.

9.5.2 Fire Extinguisher

Suitability of fire extinguishers:

Depending on the combustible material, fires have been classified into four types.

Suitability of extinguishing media for different fires is provided in the following Table9-3.

Table 9-3 Suitability of extinguishing media for different fires

S. No Class of fire Suitable Fire Extinguisher

1. Class A:Organic Material i.e. wood, papers, rubber & plastics. DCP, Mechanical Foam

2.Class B:Flammable Liquid and Flammable Gases i.e., PetroleumProducts, Paints, Chemicals etc.

Mechanical Foam, CO2

and DCP

3.Class C:Electrical DCP and CO2

4.Class D:Flammable Metals i.e. Lithium, Sodium, and Potassium etc. Special DCP, Sand

The company has trained personnel for fire fighting and intends to improve the fire

fighting skills of employee by conducting frequent training on Fire fighting.

The unit has different types (CO2, ABC, Water Jet, Mechanical Foam, DCP and

sand buckets) of portable fire extinguishers placed in all prominent places of the

factory. Table 9-4 shows area wise fire extinguisher.

Table 9-4 Extinguisher based on area

LocatonNos

DCP CO2Water

with Foam

Production Block 1 12 5 1

Ware House 6 2 1

Raw Material 5 4 2

Tank Area 4 2 1

Page 243 of 263

DG Set & Panel board room 2 4 1

Chilling plant 2 1

Thermo pack room 2 2

Transformer yard 1 1

Boiler shed 1 1 1

Effluent plant 3 1

Solid waste room 2 1 1

Administrative block 2 1

Security room 2 2 1

Emergency Equipments and PPEs

Existing unit has total 2 number of Emergency cupboards, Production Block -1 and

remaining 1 No. placed in Safety Department.

Each Emergency Cupboard consist the following items

Self Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA)- Not available

Nose Mask – 50nos

PVC / Acid Suit

Helmet- Provided to individuals

Ear Plug- 5

Safety Glass- 10 & Face Shield- to individuals

Gum boot- to individuals

Safety Belt- in safety dept.

Manila Rope / Life Safety Rope- not available

Fire Axe

Page 244 of 263

Fire Proximity Suit

Resuscitator

Spill Kit

Safety Ladder

Emergency Flameproof Torches

Hand gloves-10nos

Operation of SCBA (Self Contained Breathing Apparatus)

Procedure for wearing Equipment:

Extend shoulder straps and waist belt. Put on the equipment.

Fasten the buckle and then pull the ends of waist belt away from

buckle until secure and comfortable on the hip. Tuck ends in belt

loops.

Pull down the shoulder straps until the equipment is secure and comfortable.

Tuck strap ends under waist belt.

Extend face piece head harness straps, leaving center straps in position. Put

neck strap over neck

Before opening the cylinder valve press reset button.

Open the cylinder valve fully to pressurize the system and check the pressure

gauge & Carry out pressure leak test.

Procedure for wearing Face piece

Fit harness overhead. Pull it back until the head strap fits

smoothly.

Adjust mask until it fits properly

Tighten the neck straps and temple straps evenly and tighten

the front strap as necessary.

Page 244 of 263

Fire Proximity Suit

Resuscitator

Spill Kit

Safety Ladder

Emergency Flameproof Torches

Hand gloves-10nos

Operation of SCBA (Self Contained Breathing Apparatus)

Procedure for wearing Equipment:

Extend shoulder straps and waist belt. Put on the equipment.

Fasten the buckle and then pull the ends of waist belt away from

buckle until secure and comfortable on the hip. Tuck ends in belt

loops.

Pull down the shoulder straps until the equipment is secure and comfortable.

Tuck strap ends under waist belt.

Extend face piece head harness straps, leaving center straps in position. Put

neck strap over neck

Before opening the cylinder valve press reset button.

Open the cylinder valve fully to pressurize the system and check the pressure

gauge & Carry out pressure leak test.

Procedure for wearing Face piece

Fit harness overhead. Pull it back until the head strap fits

smoothly.

Adjust mask until it fits properly

Tighten the neck straps and temple straps evenly and tighten

the front strap as necessary.

Page 244 of 263

Fire Proximity Suit

Resuscitator

Spill Kit

Safety Ladder

Emergency Flameproof Torches

Hand gloves-10nos

Operation of SCBA (Self Contained Breathing Apparatus)

Procedure for wearing Equipment:

Extend shoulder straps and waist belt. Put on the equipment.

Fasten the buckle and then pull the ends of waist belt away from

buckle until secure and comfortable on the hip. Tuck ends in belt

loops.

Pull down the shoulder straps until the equipment is secure and comfortable.

Tuck strap ends under waist belt.

Extend face piece head harness straps, leaving center straps in position. Put

neck strap over neck

Before opening the cylinder valve press reset button.

Open the cylinder valve fully to pressurize the system and check the pressure

gauge & Carry out pressure leak test.

Procedure for wearing Face piece

Fit harness overhead. Pull it back until the head strap fits

smoothly.

Adjust mask until it fits properly

Tighten the neck straps and temple straps evenly and tighten

the front strap as necessary.

Page 245 of 263

Breathe normally through vent system. During venting observe the gauge-waist

alarm. The alarm should blow at cylinder pressure of 55 bar ± 5 bar.

SCBA - Face piece Remove the equipment in a safe and hazard free area.

Unbuckle the waist belt, lift shoulder strap buckles to loosen and

remove the equipment.

Close the cylinder valve and keep in the box, Cylinder valve should be in upward

direction

After using the equipment, inform to safety department for inspection/checking.

Resuscitator A resuscitator is a device which forces oxygen into lungs of unconscious person

in order to keep him /her oxygenated and alive.

Operating Procedure Clear out the throat

Tilt head back

Fit mask firmly

Squeeze ball

Watch the chest which should rise and fall rhythmically.

If the chest does not rise and fall, there may be a blockage in the victim’s throat.

The tongue has occluded the air way.

There may be excessive leakage around the mask. Hold the mask tighter on the

face and squeeze little faster.

Clear any mucus from the throat every 3-4 minutes.

Continue resuscitation until the victim breathes on his/her own.

Page 246 of 263

Fire Axe

A fire axe is a type of axe which has been designed

specifically for the use of fire-fighters, and it includes several

features which makes it ideally suitable to mitigate emergencyservices.

Helmet

A helmet with face shield is a form of protective gear worn on head

to protect head and face from hazards such as flying objects and

chemical splashes or potentially infectious fluid.

Fire Suit

Fire suit is a protective clothing designed to protect a firefighter from high

temperatures, especially near fires of extreme temperature.

Manila rope

Manila rope is very durable, salt water and damage resistant,

flexible fiber which shall be used to access at height/Confined

space during emergency.

Canvas Stretcher

A stretcher is a medical device used to carry injured or an incapacitated person

from one place to another during emergency.

Smoke escape mask

Smoke masks assist people in safe egress from fire emergencies.

It will provide respiratory protection from particulate matter,

carbon monoxide, and other toxic gases commonly produced by

structural fires.

Compressed Air Pack

An emergency air supply which will provide a sufficient quantity of

air to allow a worker to exit oxygen depleted or contaminated area.

Page 247 of 263

Powered Air purifying respirator

Powered Air Purifying Respirator (PAPR) is a device equipped with a face piece,

hood or helmet, breathing tube, canister, cartridge, filter, canister with filter or

cartridge with filter and a powered blower.

PAPR utilizes a powered mechanism to move ambient air through an air-

purifying element(s) to remove contaminants from the ambient air.

Safety torch

Compact and simple to use, this torch is designed for use in

emergency situations or wherever the need arises for a handheld

safety torch.

Spill Emergency Mitigation Procedure

Spill Kit is kept in all Emergency cupboard.

Once the spill is observed, Spill Kit shall be collected from the nearest

area/emergency cupboard installed and neutralizing agent (if required) based on

the nature of the spill. In case if the spill is not controlled, immediately declare

the emergency as per emergency response procedure.

While handling the spill, use most appropriate PPE's like SCBA, chemical suit,

acid/ alkali proof hand gloves, face shield, safety goggles, gum boots or even

respiratory masks with suitable cartridges.

Once the spill is controlled using Sorbent pad/Boom collect in a double

polythene bag and secure with the plastic ties. Dispose it as per applicable

disposal procedure.

Report the incident of spill to EHS department through online incident reporting

System.

Once in a month, the items of the Spill Kit shall be inspected and recorded by

EHS representatives of the individual area.

Page 248 of 263

9.5.3 Eye Wash Fountain and Safety Shower

The unit has total 2 Nos. of Eye wash fountain / Safety showers at Production

Block.

9.5.4 Work Zone Monitoring Equipments

The unit has multi gas / toxic gas and oxygen detectors in that multi gas detector

can be used to check oxygen, LEL, VOC, CO and H2S concentration in atmosphere

and also in confined spaces like inside the reactor, overhead tanks, underground

tanks, sump etc and oxygen detector can be used for checking oxygen

concentration in atmosphere and also in confined spaces like inside the reactor,

overhead tanks, underground tanks, sump etc.

9.5.5 Wind Sack / Wind Direction Indicator

Wind sacks are placed above the Administration Block buildings.

9.6 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH CENTRE (OHC)

SLC has done agreement with Dr. Krishnamurthy’s Hospital & Rehab Centre,

Inside Naya kaman, Bidar-585 401, Karnataka for their valuable service during

emergency along with 24/7 ambulance facility.

9.6.1 First Aid Boxes

A first aid kit is a collection of supplies and equipment for use in giving first aid. First

Aid boxes are available in Security Room (ECC), Admin Block and at OHC. First Aid

items will be issued to injure only by authorized persons.

Following are the contents of First Aid Box,

a. Dettol – Antiseptic solution

b. Ciplox – Eye Drops

c. Soframycin – Skin ointment

d. Silverex – Burn ointment

e. Betadine – Microbicidal solution

Page 249 of 263

f. Iodex – Pain reliever

g. Sterilized Cotton Wool

h. Surgical Paper Tape

i. Small Sterilized Dressings

j. Medium Sterilized Dressings

k. Roller Bandage – 5 cm wide

l. Roller Bandage – 10cm wide

m. Band Aid

n. Crocin / Paracetamol Tablet

Along with the above safety systems, company also ensured the below safety

features to ensure Zero Accident.

No ignitable zones are declared and marked so.

Work permit system with strict compliance.

Dedicated chemical storage area with good ventilation and exhaust system

and all chemical are stored as per compatibility.

Dyke walls provided for the day storage chemical tanks.

All reactors provided with safety valves followed by rupture discs and relief

valve outlets are extended.

Calibration is ensured for the gauges of pressure, temperature and vacuum.

All reactors will be hydro tested and certified by the competent person once in

a year.

Body earthing provided to all equipments involved in the process, electrical

earthing, static earthing and instrument earthing provided wherever required.

Page 250 of 263

Ventilation air units (VAUs) and Exhaust air units (EAUs) are provided to

ensure good ventilation in the work environment.

Emergency Organization Chart is provided in the

Figure 9-2.

Figure 9-2 Emergency Organization Chart

9.7 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY PROGRAM

M/s. Sri Lakshmi Chemicals (SLC) provides a safe and healthy work environment to

its employees by conducting annual medical check-ups for all the employees.

The main objectives are:

Maintenance and promotion of workers’ health and working capacity.

Improvement of working environment by following well-being program for its

employees.

Monitor the workplace to maintain industrial hygiene practices.

Site Controller

IncidentController

Emergency Coordinator– HR & Admin

(for Hospital, Law,Order & Head Count)

EmergencyCoordinator -Maintenance

EmergencyCoordinator -Safety Squad

Page 251 of 263

Development of work culture in a direction which will support health and safety

at work and thereby promoting positive social climate for smooth operation that

will enhance productivity.

SLC allocates a fund of 1.5 Lakhs .

Area monitoring is done.

Employees undergo annual health check-up.

All personnel are provided with personal Protective equipments individually as

required.

9.7.1 Operation Phase

General Functions of the safety committee are;

Conduct routine workplace inspections.

Provide Personal Protective Equipment.

Develop and implement safe work procedures and rules.

Provide on-going safety training & Enforce safety rules and appropriate

discipline.

Promote safety awareness and reduce the potential for injury/loss.

Identify workplace hazards.

Enforce of safety rules, measure safety performance & reduce

frequency/severity of injuries.

9.7.2 Occupational Health Monitoring

Medical Surveillance Program: Medical surveillance program is essential to assess

and monitor employees' health and fitness both prior to employment and during the

course of work; to determine fitness for duty and to provide emergency and other

treatment as needed. Effectiveness of a medical program depends on active

Page 252 of 263

involvement of employees. SLC medical surveillance program include following

major elements; Medical report is enclosed as Annexure 16.

Developing a OH-IH Medical Surveillance Program.

Pre-Employment Examination and Periodic Medical Examinations

Determination of Fitness for Duty.

Communications.

Emergency Medical Treatment.

Medical Records.

Pre-Employment Screening / Examinations - All employees shall be subject to

pre-placement medical examinations to determine their fitness for the jobs on site.

Potential exposures to the work environment shall be considered before placing an

employee on the job.

Periodic Medical Examinations - Periodic medical examination is the same as the

pre-employment screening and may be modified according to current conditions,

such as changes in the employee's symptoms, site hazards or exposures.

Comparison of sequential medical reports with baseline data is essential to

determine biologic trends that may mark early signs of adverse health effects, and

thereby facilitate appropriate protective measures. The frequency and content of

examinations are normally one year. Apart from this for workers working in

Hazardous area, medical examination is conducted by Doctor Authorized by

Factory Inspectorate.

Page 253 of 263

9.7.3 Safety, Health and Environment Policy

Safety, Health and Environment Policy is appended in the following figure

Figure 9-3.

Page 254 of 263

Figure 9-3 Safety, Health and Environment Policy

Page 255 of 263

9.8 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY

The company is aware of the obligations towards the society and to fulfill the social

obligations, company employed semi-skilled and skilled labor from the nearby

villages as much as possible and also try to generate maximum indirect

employment in the nearby villages by appointing local contract workers.

Adequate funds will be earmarked for upcoming years as per the norms.

9.9 Rainwater Harvesting & Groundwater Recharging

The total amount/quantity of water i.e., received in the form of rainfall over an area

is called the rain water endowment of that area, out of which the amount of water

that can be effectively harvested is called the rain water harvesting potential.

The collection efficiency accounts for the fact that all the rain water falling over an

area cannot be effectively harvested due to losses on account of evaporation,

spillage or run off etc.,

The rain water harvesting/recharging pits along the inner periphery of the boundary

will be provided. Each recharging pit will be of 3x3x2m (LBD) dimension. These

recharging pits are filled with graded media comprising of boulder at bottom and

with coarse aggregates to facilitate percolation of harvested rainwater to recharge

ground water table. The recharge pits are interconnected in such a way that the rain

led to the first recharge pit is also led to the next pit. Rain water harvesting is the

Page 256 of 263

techniques through which rain water is captured from the roof catchments with

closed pipe system (without mixing surface water to avoid the spillage

contamination) into the recharge pits. The rain water harvesting and storm water

management layout is provided in the Annexure 8.

Ground coverage = 1303 Sq. mt

Collection efficiencies of 80% = 1042.4 Sq. mt

Runoff of coefficients for Roofs Conventional = 0.70 to 0.80

Runoff of coefficients taken as = 0.75

Annual average rainfall for Bidar district = 827mm

(Source:Ground Water Information Booklet,

Bidar District, Karnataka,2008

Volume of water received (m3) = Area of catchment in Sq.mt x

Runoff coefficient x Rainfall per day (m)

Volume of water received (m3) = (1042.4x 0.75 x 0. 827)/365

= 1.77 KL/Day

Page 257 of 263

CHAPTER – 10Summary & Conclusion

Page 258 of 263

10. SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

10.1 Summary

An environmental Impact Assessment Study has been carried out and assessed for

the proposed project based on the TOR and baseline quality data collected for the

study area. Identification and anticipation of the potential environmental impacts due

to the proposed project with a delineation of appropriate impact mitigation measures

in an Environmental Management plan during both construction and operation

phases is provided in the EIA report prepared.

The proposed project will ensure that the industrial activities relevant to the project

are environmentally sound with no adverse impacts posed on the natural

environment in the surrounding area.

The marginal impacts that might be caused by the proposed activity will be

mitigated by the existing pollution control and environmental management

measures.

In a true and a larger sense, in view of the considerable benefits from the project

with no major impacts, the proposed project is said to be more beneficial to the

nation.

The EMP that will be implemented for the operation phase of the project will include:

Air Pollution control and management

Noise Control and Management

Hazardous and Solid waste Management

Sewage treatment and Management

Effluent treatment and Management

Hazardous and solid waste management

Risk Assessment and Onsite emergency Plan

Page 259 of 263

In order to effectively implement the EMP planned, the environmental management

system will be fully adhered.

10.2 Conclusion

The baseline study carried out for the study area indicates that all the physical,

chemical and biological characteristics of the environmental attributes in the

surrounding area are mostly within the permissible limits except few minor

exceedences.

Based on this environmental assessment, the possible impacts during post-project

phase are anticipated and the necessary adequate control measures are formulated

to meet the statutory compliances.

With very minute negative impacts, the project positively leads to commercial

business opportunities, Employment opportunities, increased revenue and

infrastructural development.

Thus this project may kindly be granted Environmental Clearance.

Page 260 of 263

CHAPTER – 11Disclosure of Consultant

Page 261 of 263

11. DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT

In order to assess the potential environmental impacts due to the proposed

expansion of the Bulk Drugs and Intermediates Manufacturing Unit by M/s. Sri

Lakshmi Chemicals Limited, Plot No. 73 D, KIADB Industrial Area, Nizampur village,

BidarTaluk, Bidar Dt, Karnataka. Sri Lakshmi Chemicals has engaged Hubert

Enviro Care Systems (P) Limited, Chennai to undertake EIA study. The nature of

consultancy service rendered covers terrestrial environmental assessment.

22.1 Brief Profile of Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Limited (HECS)

Enviro Care Systems was started in the year of 1997 by Dr. J.R.Moses with the

vision to serve the world in all environmental related problems by completing the

latest technological advancements available.

In the year 2004, Enviro Care Systems became Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P)

Ltd after having collaboration with Hubert Stavoren B.V. for higher Technology.

The company provides total pollution control solutions to several industries like

Thermal Power Plant, Pharma, R&D Facilities, Electroplating and Manufacturing, IT

Parks, Residential Complexes, Dairies, Food Processing, Textile mills, Breweries,

etc.

The company is specialized in executing projects right from concept development,

supply, erection, commissioning and operation on turnkey basis. HECS has

successfully executed more than 200 environmental engineering projects for

various industrial sectors both in India and overseas.

HECS has state-of-art facilities to provide quality environmental consultancy and

engineering solutions.

Page 262 of 263

Strengths of HECS

Number of EmployeesTotal no of Employees : 674No of Employees engaged in EIA : 105Consultancy : 25Laboratory : 80Projects : 13Operation & Maintenance : 556

Quality Policy of HECS

Page 263 of 263

QCI-NABET - EIA Accreditation

Consultancy Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd.,Chennai

NABET Certificate No NABET/ EIA/ 1618/SA 0015

MoEFF Reg. Lab F.No. Q-15018/29/2007-CPW

National Accreditation Board for Education & Training (NABET) is a constituent

board of the Quality Council of India (QCI). QCI, NABET has accredited HECS for

carrying out Category ‘A & Category B’ EIA studies in the following sectors:

Mining of minerals including Open cast only (Sector # 1 as per NABETscheme)

*Offshore and onshore oil and gas exploration development & production

(Sector # 2 as per NABET scheme)

Thermal Power Plants (Sector # 4 as per NABET scheme)

Petroleum refining industry (Sector # 10 as per NABET scheme)

Petro-chemical complexes (industries based on processing of petroleum

fractions & natural gas and/or reforming to aromatics) (Sector # 18 as perNABET scheme)

Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes & dye intermediates, bulk drugs and

intermediates excluding drug formulations, synthetic rubbers, basic organic

chemicals, other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical intermediates)

(Sector # 21 as per NABET scheme)

Oil & gas transportation pipeline (crude and refinery/petrochemical products),

passing through national parks/sanctuaries/coral reefs/ecologically sensitive

areas including LNG terminal (Sector # 27 as per NABET scheme)

*Industrial Estates/Parks/Complexes/Areas, Export Processing Zone (EPZs),

Special Economic Zones (SEZs), Biotech Parks and Leather Complexes

(Sector # 31 as per NABET scheme)

Common Effluent Treatment Plants (CETPs) (Sector # 36 as per NABETscheme)

Page 264 of 264

Building and large construction projects including shopping malls, multiplexes,

commercial complexes, housing estates, hospitals, institutions (Sector # 38 asper NABET scheme)

Townships and Area development projects (Sector # 39 as per NABETscheme)

Note:- List ‘A’ – Accredited EIA Consultant Organizations Complying with Version 3

of the Scheme – as on 10th April, 2017 (#)

Further details may be seen on the following URL: www.hecs.in

HUBERT ENVIRO CARE SYSTEMS (P) LIMITEDA-21, III-Phase, Behind Lions Club School,

Thiru vi ka Industrial Estate, Guindy, Chennai – 600 032Ph: +91-44-43635555; Fax: +91-44-43635500